mirror of
https://github.com/mongodb/mongo.git
synced 2024-11-25 00:58:53 +01:00
22b6ecf999
GitOrigin-RevId: cc850514aeed8853f1f2c877f5f3899a0f33fd13
7679 lines
207 KiB
Groff
7679 lines
207 KiB
Groff
.TH mongodb-parameters 5
|
|
.SH MONGODB SERVER PARAMETERS
|
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
|
MongoDB provides a number of configuration options that you can set
|
|
using:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, <parameter>: <value> } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 configuration setting:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
<parameter1>: <value1>
|
|
...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
the \fB\-\-setParameter\f1 command\-line option for \fBmongod\f1\f1
|
|
and \fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter <parameter>=<value>
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter <parameter>=<value>
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For additional configuration options, see
|
|
\fBConfiguration File Options\f1, \fBmongod\f1\f1 and
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.SH PARAMETERS
|
|
.SS AUTHENTICATION PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBauthenticationMechanisms\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the list of authentication mechanisms the server accepts. Set
|
|
this to one or more of the following values. If you specify multiple
|
|
values, use a comma\-separated list and no spaces. For descriptions
|
|
of the authentication mechanisms, see \fBAuthentication\f1\&.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Value
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBSCRAM\-SHA\-1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
RFC 5802 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5802) standard
|
|
Salted Challenge Response Authentication Mechanism using the SHA\-1
|
|
hash function.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBSCRAM\-SHA\-256\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
RFC 7677 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7677) standard
|
|
Salted Challenge Response Authentication Mechanism using the SHA\-256
|
|
hash function.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBMONGODB\-X509\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
MongoDB TLS/SSL certificate authentication.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBGSSAPI\f1 (Kerberos)
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
External authentication using Kerberos. This mechanism is
|
|
available only in MongoDB Enterprise (http://www.mongodb.com/products/mongodb\-enterprise\-advanced?tck=docs_server)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBPLAIN\f1 (LDAP SASL)
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
External authentication using LDAP. You can also use \fBPLAIN\f1
|
|
for authenticating in\-database users. \fBPLAIN\f1 transmits
|
|
passwords in plain text. This mechanism is available only in
|
|
MongoDB Enterprise (http://www.mongodb.com/products/mongodb\-enterprise\-advanced?tck=docs_server)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBMONGODB\-OIDC\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
OpenID Connect is an authentication layer built on top of OAuth2. This mechanism
|
|
is available only in MongoDB Enterprise (http://www.mongodb.com/products/mongodb\-enterprise\-advanced?tck=docs_server)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to specify both \fBPLAIN\f1 and \fBSCRAM\-SHA\-256\f1 as the
|
|
authentication mechanisms, use the following command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter authenticationMechanisms=PLAIN,SCRAM\-SHA\-256 \-\-auth
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBawsSTSRetryCount\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
In previous versions, AWS IAM authentication retried only when the
|
|
server returned an HTTP 500 error.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 2
|
|
.PP
|
|
For MongoDB deployments using AWS IAM credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_access\-keys.html) or AWS IAM environment variables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli\-configure\-envvars.html#envvars\-list)\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum number of AWS IAM authentication retries after a connection
|
|
failure.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBawsSTSRetryCount\f1\f1 to \fB15\f1
|
|
retries:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter awsSTSRetryCount=15
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Alternatively, the following examples uses the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within \fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, awsSTSRetryCount: 15 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBclusterAuthMode\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set the \fBclusterAuthMode\f1\f1 to either \fBsendX509\f1 or
|
|
\fBx509\f1\&. Useful during \fBrolling upgrade to use x509 for
|
|
membership authentication\f1
|
|
to minimize downtime.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information about TLS/SSL and MongoDB, see
|
|
\fBConfigure mongod\f1 and mongos\f1 for TLS/SSL\f1 and
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL Configuration for Clients\f1 .
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at runtime. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, clusterAuthMode: "sendX509" } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenableLocalhostAuthBypass\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBtrue\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify \fB0\f1 or \fBfalse\f1 to disable localhost authentication
|
|
bypass. Enabled by default.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
See \fBLocalhost Exception\f1 for more information.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenforceUserClusterSeparation\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set to \fBfalse\f1 to disable the \fBO/OU/DC\f1 check when
|
|
\fBclusterAuthMode\f1 is \fBkeyFile\f1 in your configuration file. This
|
|
allows clients possessing member certificates to authenticate as
|
|
users stored in the \fB$external\f1 database. The server won\(aqt start if
|
|
\fBclusterAuthMode\f1 isn\(aqt \fBkeyFile\f1 in your configuration file.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To set the \fBenforceUserClusterSeparation\f1 parameter to \fBfalse\f1,
|
|
run the following command during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter enforceUserClusterSeparation=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you set the \fBenforceUserClusterSeparation\f1 parameter to \fBfalse\f1,
|
|
the server doesn\(aqt distinguish between client certificates, which
|
|
applications use to authenticate, and intra\-cluster certificates, which
|
|
have privileged access. This has no effect if your \fBclusterAuthMode\f1
|
|
is \fBkeyFile\f1\&. However, if your \fBclusterAuthMode\f1 is \fBx509\f1, user
|
|
certificates that use the allowed scheme are conflated with cluster
|
|
certificates and granted privileged access.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Your existing certificates are granted internal privileges if you do the
|
|
following:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Create a user, with a name allowed by this parameter.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Set the \fBenforceUserClusterSeparation\f1 parameter to \fBfalse\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Set \fBclusterAuthMode\f1 to \fBx509\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You must not upgrade from \fBkeyFile\f1 to \fBx509\f1 without validating
|
|
that you\(aqve removed users with elevated privileges that the
|
|
\fBenforceUserClusterSeparation\f1 flag allowed you to create.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBKeysRotationIntervalSec\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 7776000 seconds (90 days)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the number of seconds for which an HMAC signing key (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hash\-based_message_authentication_code)
|
|
is valid before rotating to the next one. This parameter is intended
|
|
primarily to facilitate authentication testing.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapForceMultiThreadMode\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables the performance of concurrent LDAP operations.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Only if you are certain that your instance of \fBlibldap\f1
|
|
is safe to use in this mode, enable this flag. You may experience
|
|
crashes of the MongoDB process if the \fBlibldap\f1 version you are using
|
|
is not thread safe.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You must use \fBldapForceMultiThreadMode\f1\f1 to use LDAP connection
|
|
pool. To enable LDAP connection pool, set \fBldapForceMultiThreadMode\f1\f1
|
|
and \fBldapUseConnectionPool\f1\f1 to \fBtrue\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you have any concerns regarding your MongoDB version, OS version or
|
|
libldap version, please contact MongoDB Support.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapQueryPassword\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: string
|
|
.PP
|
|
The password used to bind to an LDAP server. You must use
|
|
\fBldapQueryUser\f1\f1 with this parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If not set, mongod or mongos does not attempt to bind to the LDAP server.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapQueryUser\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: string
|
|
.PP
|
|
The user that binds to an LDAP server. You must use
|
|
\fBldapQueryPassword\f1\f1 with this parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If not set, mongod or mongos does not attempt to bind to the LDAP server.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapRetryCount\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
For MongoDB deployments using \fBLDAP Authorization\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Number of operation retries by the server LDAP manager after a
|
|
network error.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets \fBldapRetryCount\f1\f1 to \fB3\f1
|
|
seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-ldapRetryCount=3
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ldapRetryCount: 3 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapUserCacheInvalidationInterval\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 5.2, the update interval for cached user information
|
|
retrieved from an LDAP server depends on
|
|
\fBldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries\f1\f1:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If true, use \fBldapUserCacheRefreshInterval\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If false, use \fBldapUserCacheInvalidationInterval\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For use with MongoDB deployments using
|
|
\fBLDAP Authorization\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The interval (in seconds) that the \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance
|
|
waits between external user cache flushes. After MongoDB flushes the
|
|
external user cache, MongoDB
|
|
reacquires authorization data from the LDAP server the
|
|
next time an LDAP\-authorized user issues an operation.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Increasing the value specified increases the amount of time
|
|
MongoDB and the LDAP server can be out of sync, but reduces the load on
|
|
the LDAP server. Conversely, decreasing the value specified
|
|
decreases the time MongoDB and the LDAP server can be out of sync while
|
|
increasing the load on the LDAP server.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Defaults to 30 seconds.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapUserCacheRefreshInterval\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 30 seconds
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 5.2, the update interval for cached user information
|
|
retrieved from an LDAP server depends on
|
|
\fBldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries\f1\f1:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If true, use \fBldapUserCacheRefreshInterval\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If false, use \fBldapUserCacheInvalidationInterval\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For MongoDB deployments using \fBLDAP Authorization\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The interval in seconds that \fBmongod\f1\f1 waits before
|
|
refreshing the cached user information from the LDAP server.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum interval is 86,400 seconds (24 hours).
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets
|
|
\fBldapUserCacheRefreshInterval\f1\f1 to \fB4000\f1 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ldapUserCacheRefreshInterval=4000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ldapUserCacheRefreshInterval: 4000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapUserCacheStalenessInterval\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 90 seconds
|
|
.PP
|
|
For MongoDB deployments using \fBLDAP Authorization\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The interval in seconds that \fBmongod\f1\f1 retains the cached
|
|
LDAP user information after the last cache refresh.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If more than \fBldapUserCacheStalenessInterval\f1\f1 seconds
|
|
elapse without a successful refresh of the user information from the
|
|
LDAP server, then \fBmongod\f1\f1:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Invalidates the cached LDAP user information.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Is unable to authenticate new sessions for LDAP users until
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 connects to the LDAP server and
|
|
authorizes the LDAP user.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Authorizes any existing sessions that use previously authenticated
|
|
LDAP users if \fBmongod\f1\f1 is unable to connect to the
|
|
LDAP server. When \fBmongod\f1\f1 reconnects to the LDAP
|
|
server, \fBmongod\f1\f1 ensures the LDAP users are correctly
|
|
authorized.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum interval is 86,400 seconds (24 hours).
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets
|
|
\fBldapUserCacheStalenessInterval\f1\f1 to \fB4000\f1 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ldapUserCacheStalenessInterval=4000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ldapUserCacheStalenessInterval: 4000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapUseConnectionPool\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies whether MongoDB should use connection pooling when
|
|
connecting to the LDAP server for authentication/authorization.
|
|
.PP
|
|
MongoDB uses the following default values:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
true on Windows.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
true on Linux where MongoDB Enterprise binaries are linked against
|
|
\fBlibldap_r\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
false on Linux where MongoDB Enterprise binaries are linked against
|
|
\fBlibldap\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set \fBldapUseConnectionPool\f1\f1 during
|
|
start\-up, and cannot change this setting with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolUseLatencyForHostPriority\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
A boolean that determines whether the LDAP connection pool (see
|
|
\fBldapUseConnectionPool\f1\f1) should use latency of the LDAP
|
|
servers to determine the connection order (from lowest latency to
|
|
highest).
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolUseLatencyForHostPriority\f1\f1 during
|
|
start\-up, and cannot change this setting during run time with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolMinimumConnectionsPerHost\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 1
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum number of connections to keep open to each LDAP server.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolMinimumConnectionsPerHost\f1\f1 during
|
|
start\-up, and cannot change this setting during run time with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolMaximumConnectionsPerHost\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIChanged starting in MongoDB versions 5.0.9 and 6.0.0\f1
|
|
Changed default value to \fB2147483647\f1\&. In previous versions, the
|
|
default is unset.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 2147483647
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of connections to keep open to each LDAP server.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolMaximumConnectionsPerHost\f1\f1 during
|
|
start\-up, and cannot change this setting during run time with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolMaximumConnectionsInProgressPerHost\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIChanged starting in MongoDB versions 5.0.9 and 6.0.0\f1
|
|
Changed default value to \fB2\f1\&. In previous versions, the
|
|
default is unset.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 2
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of in\-progress connect operations to each LDAP server.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolMaximumConnectionsInProgressPerHost\f1\f1
|
|
during start\-up, and cannot change this setting with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolHostRefreshIntervalMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 60000
|
|
.PP
|
|
The number of milliseconds in\-between health checks of the pooled
|
|
LDAP connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolHostRefreshIntervalMillis\f1\f1 during
|
|
start\-up, and cannot change this setting with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolIdleHostTimeoutSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 300
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of seconds that the pooled connections to an LDAP
|
|
server can remain idle before being closed.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set
|
|
\fBldapConnectionPoolIdleHostTimeoutSecs\f1\f1 during
|
|
start\-up, and cannot change this setting with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 database command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
For MongoDB deployments using \fBLDAP Authorization\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 5.2, the update interval for cached user information
|
|
retrieved from an LDAP server depends on
|
|
\fBldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries\f1\f1:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If true, use \fBldapUserCacheRefreshInterval\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If false, use \fBldapUserCacheInvalidationInterval\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set \fBldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries\f1\f1
|
|
during startup in the \fBconfiguration file\f1\f1 or
|
|
with the \fB\-\-setParameter\f1 option on the command line. For example,
|
|
the following disables
|
|
\fBldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ldapShouldRefreshUserCacheEntries=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxValidateMemoryUsageMB\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 200
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum memory usage limit in megabytes for the
|
|
\fBvalidate\f1\f1 command. If the limit is exceeded,
|
|
\fBvalidate\f1\f1 returns as many results as possible and warns
|
|
that not all corruption might be reported because of the limit.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBoidcIdentityProviders\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Use this parameter to specify identity provider (IDP) configurations when
|
|
using \fBOpenID Connect Authentication\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBoidcIdentityProviders\f1 accepts an array of zero or more identity provider
|
|
(IDP) configurations. An empty array (default) indicates no OpenID Connect
|
|
support is enabled. When more than one IDP is defined, \fBoidcIdentityProviders\f1
|
|
uses the \fBmatchPattern\f1 field to select an IDP. Array order determines the
|
|
priority and the first IDP is always selected.
|
|
.SS OIDCIDENTITYPROVIDERS FIELDS
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Field
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Necessity
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Type
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBissuer\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Required
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The issuer URI of the IDP that the server should accept tokens from. This
|
|
must match the \fBiss\f1 field in any JWT used for authentication.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If you specify an unreachable issuer URI, MongoDB:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
Logs a warning.
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
Continues server startup, which allows you to update the issuer
|
|
URI.
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
Reattempts issuer contact. If MongoDB reaches the issuer URI
|
|
and validates the access token, authentication succeeds. If
|
|
the issuer URI remains unreachable, authentication fails.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBauthNamePrefix\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Required
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Unique prefix applied to each generated \fBUserName\f1 and \fBRoleName\f1 used
|
|
in authorization. \fBauthNamePrefix\f1 can only contain the
|
|
following characters:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
alphanumeric characters (combination of \fBa\f1 to \fBz\f1 and \fB0\f1 to \fB9\f1)
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
hyphens (\fB\-\f1)
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
underscores (\fB_\f1)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBmatchPattern\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Conditional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Regex pattern used to determine which IDP should be used. \fBmatchPattern\f1
|
|
matches against usernames. Array order determines the priority and the
|
|
first IDP is always selected.
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fBmatchPattern\f1 is required in some configurations, depending on
|
|
how the user sets \fBsupportsHumanFlows\f1:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
When only one IdP has \fBsupportsHumanFlows\f1 set to \fBtrue\f1
|
|
(the default), \fBmatchPatterns\f1 is optional.
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
When multiple IdP\(aqs have \fBsupportsHumanFlows\f1 set to \fBtrue\f1
|
|
(the default), each of these requires \fBmatchPatterns\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
\fBmatchPatterns\f1 is optional for any IdP where \fBsupportsHumanFlows\f1
|
|
is set to \fBfalse\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
This is not a security mechanism. \fBmatchPattern\f1 serves only as an advisory
|
|
to clients. MongoDB accepts tokens issued by the IDP whose principal
|
|
names do not match this pattern.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBclientId\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Conditional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
ID provided by the IDP to identify the client that receives the access tokens.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Required when \fBsupportsHumanFlows\f1 is set to \fBtrue\f1 (the default).
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBaudience\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Required
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Specifies the application or service that the access token is intended for.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBrequestScopes\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Optional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
array[ string ]
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Permissions and access levels that MongoDB requests from the IDP.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBprincipalName\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Optional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The claim to be extracted from the access token containing MongoDB user
|
|
identifiers.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default value is \fBsub\f1 (stands for \fBsubject\f1).
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBuseAuthorizationClaim\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Optional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
boolean
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Determines if the \fBauthorizationClaim\f1 is required. The default value is
|
|
\fBtrue\f1\&.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the \fBuseAuthorizationClaim\f1 field is set to \fBtrue\f1, the server requires
|
|
an \fBauthorizationClaim\f1 for the identity provider\(aqs config. This is the
|
|
default behavior.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the \fBuseAuthorizationClaim\f1 field is set to \fBfalse\f1, the
|
|
\fBauthorizationClaim\f1 field is optional (and ignored if provided).
|
|
Instead, the server does the following:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
Searches the token for a claim whose name is listed in the
|
|
\fBprincipalNameClaim\f1 field. This is typically named \fBsub\f1\&. For
|
|
example:
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fBsub: "spencer.jackson@example.com"\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
Constructs the internal username by concatenating the \fBauthNamePrefix\f1,
|
|
a forward slash (\fB/\f1), and the contents of the claim identified by
|
|
\fBprincipalNameClaim\f1 within the access token. For example, with a
|
|
\fBauthNamePrefix\f1 field value of "mdbinc", the internal username is:
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fBmdbinc/spencer.jackson@example.com\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
Looks for the user with this username and authorizes the client with the
|
|
roles:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
{ user: "mdbinc/spencer.jackson@example.com",
|
|
db: "$external" }
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBauthorizationClaim\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Conditional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
string
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Required, unless \fBuseAuthorizationClaim\f1 is set to \fBfalse\f1\&.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Claim extracted from access token that contains MongoDB role names.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBlogClaims\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Optional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
array[ string ]
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
List of access token claims to include in log and audit messages upon
|
|
authentication completion.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBJWKSPollSecs\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Optional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
integer
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Frequency, in seconds, to request an updated JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) from the IDP.
|
|
A setting of 0 disables polling.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBsupportsHumanFlows\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Optional
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
bool
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Whether the OIDC provider supports human or machine workflows. This
|
|
affects the \fBclientId\f1 and \fBmatchPattern\f1 fields.
|
|
.IP
|
|
You may find it useful to set this field to \fBfalse\f1 with machine workload
|
|
IdP\(aqs to allow them to omit the \fBclientId\f1 when it\(aqs unneeded.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Default: \fBtrue\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBocspEnabled\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available on Linux and macOS.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
The flag that enables or disables OCSP.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following disables OCSP:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ocspEnabled=false ...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 6.0, if \fBocspEnabled\f1\f1 is set to \fBtrue\f1 during
|
|
initial sync, all nodes must be able to reach the \fBOCSP\f1
|
|
responder.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If a member fails in the \fBSTARTUP2\f1\f1 state, set
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1\f1 to a value that is less than \fB5\f1\&.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBocspValidationRefreshPeriodSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBocspValidationRefreshPeriodSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available on Linux.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The number of seconds to wait before refreshing the stapled OCSP
|
|
status response. Specify a number greater than or equal to 1.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only set \fBocspValidationRefreshPeriodSecs\f1\f1 during
|
|
startup in the \fBconfiguration file\f1\f1 or with
|
|
the \fB\-\-setParameter\f1 option on the command line. For example, the
|
|
following sets the parameter to 3600 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ocspValidationRefreshPeriodSecs=3600 ...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 5.0, the \fBrotateCertificates\f1\f1 command
|
|
and \fBdb.rotateCertificates()\f1\f1 method will also refresh any
|
|
stapled OCSP responses.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBocspEnabled\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBopensslCipherConfig\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIAvailable on Linux only\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
With the use of native TLS/SSL libraries, the parameter
|
|
\fBopensslCipherConfig\f1\f1 is supported for Linux/BSD and
|
|
no longer supported in Windows and macOS.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the cipher string for OpenSSL when using TLS/SSL encryption.
|
|
For a list of cipher strings, see
|
|
https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.1/man1/ciphers.html (https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.1/man1/ciphers.html)\&.
|
|
Multiple cipher strings can be provided as a colon\-separated list.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only for use with TLS 1.2 or earlier. To specify
|
|
cipher suites for use with TLS 1.3, use the
|
|
\fBopensslCipherSuiteConfig\f1\f1 parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The use of \fBTLS\f1 options is preferred over \fBSSL\f1 options. The TLS options
|
|
have the same functionality as the \fBSSL\f1 options. The following example
|
|
configures a \fBmongod\f1\f1 with a \fBopensslCipherConfig\f1\f1
|
|
cipher string of \fB\(aqHIGH:!EXPORT:!aNULL@STRENGTH\(aq\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter opensslCipherConfig=\(aqHIGH:!EXPORT:!aNULL@STRENGTH\(aq \-\-tlsMode requireTLS \-\-tlsCertificateKeyFile Certs/server.pem
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBopensslCipherSuiteConfig\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIAvailable on Linux only\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the list of supported cipher suites OpenSSL should permit
|
|
when using TLS 1.3 encryption.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For a list of cipher suites for use with TLS 1.3, see
|
|
https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.1/man3/SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list.html (https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.1/man3/SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list.html)\&.
|
|
Multiple cipher suites can be provided as a colon\-separated list.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only for use with TLS 1.3. To specify cipher
|
|
strings for use with TLS 1.2 or earlier, use the
|
|
\fBopensslCipherConfig\f1\f1 parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following configures a \fBmongod\f1\f1
|
|
with a \fBopensslCipherSuiteConfig\f1\f1 cipher suite of
|
|
\fB\(aqTLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384\(aq\f1 for use with TLS 1.3:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter opensslCipherSuiteConfig=\(aqTLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384\(aq \-\-tlsMode requireTLS \-\-tlsCertificateKeyFile Certs/server.pem
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBopensslDiffieHellmanParameters\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIAvailable on Linux only\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the path to the PEM file that contains the OpenSSL
|
|
Diffie\-Hellman parameters when using TLS 1.2 or previous. Specifying
|
|
the OpenSSL Diffie\-Hellman parameters enables support for \fBEphemeral Diffie\-Hellman (DHE)\f1
|
|
cipher suites during TLS/SSL encryption.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is not supported for use with TLS 1.3.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Ephemeral Diffie\-Hellman (DHE) cipher suites (and Ephemeral Elliptic
|
|
Curve Diffie\-Hellman (ECDHE) cipher suites) provide
|
|
\fBForward Secrecy\f1\&. \fBForward Secrecy\f1 cipher suites
|
|
create an ephemeral session key that is protected by the server\(aqs
|
|
private key but never transmitted. This ensures that even if a
|
|
server\(aqs private key is compromised, you cannot decrypt past
|
|
sessions with the compromised key.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBopensslDiffieHellmanParameters\f1\f1 is unset but
|
|
\fBECDHE\f1 is enabled, MongoDB enables DHE using the
|
|
\fBffdhe3072\f1 Diffie\-Hellman parameter, as defined in
|
|
RFC\-7919#appendix\-A.2 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/7919#appendix\-A.2)\&. The \fBffdhe3072\f1 is a strong parameter
|
|
(specifically, size is greater than 1024). Strong parameters are
|
|
not supported with Java 6 and 7 unless extended support has been
|
|
purchased from Oracle.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If for performance reasons, you need to disable support for DHE
|
|
cipher suites, use the \fBopensslCipherConfig\f1\f1 parameter:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter opensslCipherConfig=\(aqHIGH:!EXPORT:!aNULL:!DHE:!kDHE@STRENGTH\(aq ...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslauthdPath\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the path to the Unix Domain Socket of the \fBsaslauthd\f1
|
|
instance to use for proxy authentication.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslHostName\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslHostName\f1\f1 overrides MongoDB\(aqs default hostname
|
|
detection for the purpose of configuring SASL and Kerberos
|
|
authentication.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslHostName\f1\f1 does not affect the hostname of the
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 or \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance for any purpose
|
|
beyond the configuration of SASL and Kerberos.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslHostName\f1\f1 supports Kerberos authentication and is
|
|
only included in MongoDB Enterprise. For more information, see the
|
|
following:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Linux:
|
|
\fBConfigure MongoDB with Kerberos Authentication on Linux\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Windows:
|
|
\fBConfigure MongoDB with Kerberos Authentication on Windows\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslServiceName\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Allows users to override the default \fBKerberos\f1
|
|
service name component of the \fBKerberos\f1
|
|
principal name, on a per\-instance basis. If unspecified, the
|
|
default value is \fBmongodb\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsaslServiceName\f1\f1 is only available in MongoDB
|
|
Enterprise.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Ensure that your driver supports alternate service names.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBscramIterationCount\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fB10000\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Changes the number of hashing iterations used for all new
|
|
\fBSCRAM\-SHA\-1\f1 passwords. More iterations increase the amount of
|
|
time required for clients to authenticate to MongoDB, but makes
|
|
passwords less susceptible to brute\-force attempts. The default
|
|
value is ideal for most common use cases and requirements.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you modify this value, it does not change the iteration count for
|
|
existing passwords. The \fBscramIterationCount\f1\f1 value must
|
|
be \fB5000\f1 or greater.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the \fBscramIterationCount\f1\f1
|
|
to \fB12000\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter scramIterationCount=12000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, scramIterationCount: 12000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBdb.changeUserPassword()\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBdb.createUser()\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBdb.updateUser()\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBscramSHA256IterationCount\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fB15000\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Changes the number of hashing iterations used for all new
|
|
\fBSCRAM\-SHA\-256\f1 passwords. More iterations increase the amount of
|
|
time required for clients to authenticate to MongoDB, but makes
|
|
passwords less susceptible to brute\-force attempts. The default
|
|
value is ideal for most common use cases and requirements.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you modify this value, it does not change iteration count for
|
|
existing passwords. The \fBscramSHA256IterationCount\f1\f1 value
|
|
must be \fB5000\f1 or greater.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the \fBscramSHA256IterationCount\f1\f1
|
|
to \fB20000\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter scramSHA256IterationCount=20000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, scramSHA256IterationCount: 20000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBdb.changeUserPassword()\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBdb.createUser()\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBdb.updateUser()\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsslMode\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set the \fBnet.ssl.mode\f1 to either \fBpreferSSL\f1 or
|
|
\fBrequireSSL\f1\&. Useful during \fBrolling upgrade to TLS/SSL\f1 to minimize downtime.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information about TLS/SSL and MongoDB, see
|
|
\fBConfigure mongod\f1 and mongos\f1 for TLS/SSL\f1 and
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL Configuration for Clients\f1 .
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at runtime. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, sslMode: "preferSSL" } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsMode\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsMode\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set to either:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBpreferTLS\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBrequireTLS\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fBtlsMode\f1\f1 parameter is useful during \fBrolling
|
|
upgrade to TLS/SSL\f1 to minimize
|
|
downtime.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at runtime. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, tlsMode: "preferTLS" } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information about TLS/SSL and MongoDB, see
|
|
\fBConfigure mongod\f1 and mongos\f1 for TLS/SSL\f1 and
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL Configuration for Clients\f1 .
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsslMode\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsClusterAuthX509Override\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Overrides the \fBclusterAuthX509\f1\f1 configuration options.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
tlsClusterAuthX509Override: { attributes: O=MongoDB, OU=MongoDB Server }
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter supports \fBattributes\f1 and \fBextensionValue\f1 overrides.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When the server authenticates connections from members, it analyzes the
|
|
X.509 certificate to determine whether it belongs to a cluster member.
|
|
If the server uses the \fBattributes\f1\f1
|
|
setting or the \fBattributes\f1 field on the
|
|
\fBtlsClusterAuthX509Override\f1\f1 parameter, it checks
|
|
the Distinguished Name (DN) values of the certificate.
|
|
If the \fBextensionValue\f1\f1 setting or the
|
|
\fBextensionValue\f1 field of
|
|
the \fBtlsClusterAuthX509Override\f1\f1 parameter is set, it checks
|
|
the extension values of the certificate. If it finds a match,
|
|
it authorizes the connection as a peer.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Use this parameter to rotate certificates when the new certificates have
|
|
different attributes or extension values.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for Linux.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of seconds the
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 / \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance should wait to
|
|
receive the OCSP status response for its certificates.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify an integer greater than or equal to (\fB>=\f1) 1. If unset,
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs\f1\f1 uses the
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1\f1 value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs\f1\f1 to 20 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter tlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs=20 ...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBocspEnabled\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBocspValidationRefreshPeriodSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for Linux and Windows.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 5
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of seconds that the
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 / \fBmongos\f1\f1 should wait for the OCSP
|
|
response when verifying server certificates.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify an integer greater than or equal to (\fB>=\f1) 1.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs\f1\f1 to 20 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter tlsOCSPVerifyTimeoutSecs=20 ...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBocspEnabled\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBocspValidationRefreshPeriodSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtlsOCSPStaplingTimeoutSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsUseSystemCA\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies whether MongoDB loads TLS certificates that are already
|
|
available to the operating system\(aqs certificate authority.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When starting a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance with
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL enabled\f1, you must
|
|
specify a value for the \fB\-\-tlsCAFile\f1\f1 flag, the
|
|
\fBnet.tls.CAFile\f1\f1 configuration option, or the \fBtlsUseSystemCA\f1\f1
|
|
parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fB\-\-tlsCAFile\f1, \fBtls.CAFile\f1, and \fBtlsUseSystemCA\f1 are all mutually
|
|
exclusive.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set \fBtlsUseSystemCA\f1 to \fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter tlsUseSystemCA=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information about TLS/SSL and MongoDB, see
|
|
\fBConfigure mongod\f1 and mongos\f1 for TLS/SSL\f1 and
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL Configuration for Clients\f1 .
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsWithholdClientCertificate\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
A TLS certificate is set for a \fBmongod\f1\f1 or
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 either by the
|
|
\fB\-\-tlsClusterFile\f1\f1 option or by the
|
|
\fB\-\-tlsCertificateKeyFile\f1\f1 option when
|
|
\fB\-\-tlsClusterFile\f1\f1 is not set. If the TLS
|
|
certificate is set, by default, the instance sends the certificate when
|
|
initiating intra\-cluster communications with other
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 or \fBmongos\f1\f1 instances in
|
|
the deployment. Set \fBtlsWithholdClientCertificate\f1 to \fB1\f1 or \fBtrue\f1 to
|
|
direct the instance to withhold sending its TLS certificate during these
|
|
communications. Use this option with
|
|
\fB\-\-tlsAllowConnectionsWithoutCertificates\f1\f1
|
|
(to allow inbound connections without certificates) on all members of the
|
|
deployment. \fBtlsWithholdClientCertificate\f1 is mutually exclusive with
|
|
\fB\-\-clusterAuthMode x509\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsX509ClusterAuthDNOverride\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
An alternative Distinguished Name (DN) that the instance can also
|
|
use to identify members of the deployment.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For a MongoDB deployment that uses x.509 certificates for
|
|
\fBclusterAuthMode\f1\f1, deployment members identify
|
|
each other using x.509 certificates (
|
|
\fBnet.tls.clusterFile\f1\f1, if specified, and
|
|
\fBnet.tls.certificateKeyFile\f1\f1) during intra\-cluster
|
|
communications. For members of the same deployment, the \fBDN\f1 from
|
|
their certificates must have the same Organization attributes
|
|
(\fBO\f1\(aqs), the Organizational Unit attributes (\fBOU\f1\(aqs), and the
|
|
Domain Components (\fBDC\f1\(aqs).
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBtlsX509ClusterAuthDNOverride\f1\f1 is set for a member,
|
|
the member can also use the override value when comparing the \fBDN\f1
|
|
components (\fBO\f1\(aqs, \fBOU\f1\(aqs, and \fBDC\f1\(aqs) of the presented
|
|
certificates. That is the member checks the presented certificates
|
|
against its
|
|
\fBnet.tls.clusterFile\f1\f1/\fBnet.tls.certificateKeyFile\f1\f1\&.
|
|
If the DN does not match, the member checks the presented
|
|
certificate against the \fBtlsX509ClusterAuthDNOverride\f1\f1
|
|
value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set, you must set this parameter on all members of the
|
|
deployment.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can use this parameter for a rolling update of certificates to
|
|
new certificates that contain a new \fBDN\f1 value. See
|
|
\fBRolling Update of x.509 Cluster Certificates that Contain New DN\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information about membership certificate requirements, see
|
|
\fBMember Certificate Requirements\f1 for details.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtlsX509ExpirationWarningThresholdDays\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1 : 30
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 / \fBmongos\f1\f1 logs a warning on connection if the
|
|
presented x.509 certificate expires within \fB30\f1 days of the
|
|
\fBmongod/mongos\f1 system clock. Use the
|
|
\fBtlsX509ExpirationWarningThresholdDays\f1\f1 parameter
|
|
to control the certificate expiration warning threshold:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Increase the parameter value to trigger warnings farther ahead of
|
|
the certificate expiration date.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Decrease the parameter value to trigger warnings closer to the
|
|
certificate expiration date.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Set the parameter to \fB0\f1 to disable the warning.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter has a minimum value of \fB0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
See \fBx.509 Certificates Nearing Expiry Trigger Warnings\f1 for more
|
|
information on x.509 expiration warnings.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information on x.509 certificate validity, see RFC 5280
|
|
4.1.2.5 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section\-4.1.2.5)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBuserCacheInvalidationIntervalSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 30
|
|
.PP
|
|
On a \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance, specifies the interval (in seconds)
|
|
at which the \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance checks to determine whether
|
|
the in\-memory cache of \fBuser objects\f1 has stale data, and if so,
|
|
clears the cache. If there are no changes to user objects,
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 will not clear the cache.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter has a minimum value of \fB1\f1 second and a maximum
|
|
value of \fB86400\f1 seconds (24 hours).
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBauthFailedDelayMs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available in MongoDB Enterprise only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The number of milliseconds to wait before informing clients that their
|
|
authentication attempt has failed. This parameter may be in the range
|
|
\fB0\f1 to \fB5000\f1, inclusive.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Setting this parameter makes brute\-force login attacks on a database
|
|
more time\-consuming. However, clients waiting for a response from the
|
|
MongoDB server still consume server resources, and this may adversely
|
|
impact benign login attempts if the server is denying access to many
|
|
other clients simultaneously.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBallowRolesFromX509Certificates\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
A boolean flag that allows or disallows the retrieval of
|
|
authorization roles from client x.509 certificates.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS GENERAL PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBallowDiskUseByDefault\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: True
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 6.0, pipeline stages that require more than 100
|
|
megabytes of memory to execute write temporary files to disk by
|
|
default. These temporary files last for the duration of the pipeline
|
|
execution and can influence storage space on your instance. In earlier
|
|
versions of MongoDB, you must pass \fB{ allowDiskUse: true }\f1 to
|
|
individual \fBfind\f1 and \fBaggregate\f1 commands to enable this
|
|
behavior.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Individual \fBfind\f1 and \fBaggregate\f1 commands can override the
|
|
\fBallowDiskUseByDefault\f1\f1 parameter by either:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Using \fB{ allowDiskUse: true }\f1 to allow writing temporary files out
|
|
to disk when \fBallowDiskUseByDefault\f1 is set to \fBfalse\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Using \fB{ allowDiskUse: false }\f1 to prohibit writing temporary files
|
|
out to disk when \fBallowDiskUseByDefault\f1 is set to \fBtrue\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter allowDiskUseByDefault=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBallowDiskUseByDefault\f1\f1 only works on \fBmongod\f1\f1
|
|
not \fBmongos\f1\f1\&. \fBmongos\f1\f1 never writes temporary
|
|
files to disk. Use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in
|
|
a \fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 to change the value of the parameter while the
|
|
server is running:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand(
|
|
{
|
|
setParameter: 1,
|
|
allowDiskUseByDefault: false
|
|
}
|
|
)
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhttpVerboseLogging\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Adds more verbose tracing for curl on Linux and macOS. Has no affect on Windows.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, the parameter is unset.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter httpVerboseLogging=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBslowConnectionThresholdMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 100
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the time limit in milliseconds to log the establishment of slow
|
|
server connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If a connection takes longer to establish than the
|
|
\fBslowConnectionThresholdMillis\f1\f1 parameter, an event is
|
|
added to the \fBlog\f1 with the message \fBmsg\f1
|
|
field set to \fB"Slow connection establishment"\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBslowConnectionThresholdMillis\f1\f1
|
|
to \fB250\f1 milliseconds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter slowConnectionThresholdMillis=250
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, slowConnectionThresholdMillis: 250 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBconnPoolMaxConnsPerHost\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 200
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the maximum size of the legacy connection pools for outgoing connections
|
|
to other \fBmongod\f1\f1 instances in the global connection pool. The size
|
|
of a pool does not prevent the creation of additional connections,
|
|
but \fIdoes\f1 prevent a connection pool from retaining connections in
|
|
excess of the value of \fBconnPoolMaxConnsPerHost\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter is separate from the connections in TaskExecutor
|
|
pools. See \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBOnly\f1 adjust this setting if your driver does \fInot\f1 pool
|
|
connections and you\(aqre using authentication in the
|
|
context of a sharded cluster.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter connPoolMaxConnsPerHost=250
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBconnPoolMaxInUseConnsPerHost\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the maximum number of in\-use connections at any given time for
|
|
for outgoing connections to other \fBmongod\f1\f1 instances in
|
|
the legacy global connection pool.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, the parameter is unset.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter connPoolMaxInUseConnsPerHost=100
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBconnPoolMaxConnsPerHost\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBglobalConnPoolIdleTimeoutMinutes\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the time limit that connection in the legacy global connection
|
|
pool can remain idle before being closed.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, the parameter is unset.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter globalConnPoolIdleTimeoutMinutes=10
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBcursorTimeoutMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 600000 (10 minutes)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the expiration threshold in milliseconds for idle cursors before
|
|
MongoDB removes them; specifically, MongoDB removes cursors that have
|
|
been idle for the specified \fBcursorTimeoutMillis\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the \fBcursorTimeoutMillis\f1\f1
|
|
to \fB300000\f1 milliseconds (5 minutes).
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter cursorTimeoutMillis=300000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, cursorTimeoutMillis: 300000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Setting \fBcursorTimeoutMillis\f1\f1 to less than or equal
|
|
to \fB0\f1 results in all cursors being immediately eligible for timeout.
|
|
Generally, the timeout value should be greater than the average amount of
|
|
time for a query to return results. Use tools like the \fBcursor.explain()\f1\f1
|
|
cursor modifier to analyze the average query time and select an appropriate
|
|
timeout period.
|
|
.PP
|
|
MongoDB cleans up \fBorphaned cursors\f1 linked to
|
|
sessions as part of session management. This means that orphaned cursors
|
|
with session ids do not use \fBcursorTimeoutMillis\f1 to control the
|
|
timeout.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For operations that return a cursor and have an idle period
|
|
longer than \fBlocalLogicalSessionTimeoutMinutes\f1\f1,
|
|
use \fBMongo.startSession()\f1\f1 to perform the operation
|
|
within an explicit session. To refresh the session, run
|
|
the \fBrefreshSessions\f1\f1 command. For details, see
|
|
\fBRefresh a Cursor with refreshSessions\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxNumActiveUserIndexBuilds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 3
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the maximum number of concurrent index builds allowed on the
|
|
\fBprimary\f1\&. This is a global limit that applies across all
|
|
collections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Increasing the value of \fBmaxNumActiveUserIndexBuilds\f1 allows
|
|
additional concurrent index builds at the cost of increased pressure
|
|
on the WiredTiger cache.
|
|
.PP
|
|
System indexes are not limited to \fBmaxNumActiveUserIndexBuilds\f1,
|
|
however a system index build counts against the limit for user index
|
|
builds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
After the server reaches \fBmaxNumActiveUserIndexBuilds\f1, it blocks
|
|
additional user index builds until the number of concurrent index
|
|
builds drops below the \fBmaxNumActiveUserIndexBuilds\f1 limit. If an
|
|
index build is blocked, the server logs this message:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
Too many index builds running simultaneously, waiting until the
|
|
number of active index builds is below the threshold.
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following command sets a limit of 4 concurrent index builds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, maxNumActiveUserIndexBuilds: 4 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
See also:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBIndex Builds on Populated Collections\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBnotablescan\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify whether \fBall\f1 queries must use indexes. If \fB1\f1, MongoDB
|
|
will not execute queries that require a collection scan and will return an
|
|
error.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example which sets \fBnotablescan\f1\f1 to \fB1\f1
|
|
or true:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, notablescan: 1 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Setting \fBnotablescan\f1\f1 to \fB1\f1 can be useful for testing
|
|
application queries, for example, to identify queries that scan an
|
|
entire collection and cannot use an index.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To detect unindexed queries without \fBnotablescan\f1, consider reading
|
|
the \fBAnalyze Query Performance\f1 and
|
|
\fBOptimize Query Performance\f1
|
|
sections and using the \fBlogLevel\f1\f1 parameter,
|
|
\fBmongostat\f1\f1 and \fBprofiling\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Don\(aqt run production \fBmongod\f1\f1 instances with
|
|
\fBnotablescan\f1\f1 because preventing collection scans can potentially
|
|
affect queries in all databases, including administrative queries.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBnotablescan\f1 does not allow unbounded queries that use a
|
|
clustered index because the queries require a full collection
|
|
scan. For more information, see \fBCollection Scans\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBttlMonitorEnabled\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBtrue\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
To support \fBTTL Indexes\f1, \fBmongod\f1\f1
|
|
instances have a background thread that is responsible for deleting
|
|
documents from collections with TTL indexes.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To disable this worker thread for a \fBmongod\f1\f1, set
|
|
\fBttlMonitorEnabled\f1\f1 to \fBfalse\f1, as in the following
|
|
operations:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ttlMonitorEnabled: false } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Alternately, you may disable the thread at startup time by starting the
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 instance with the following option:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ttlMonitorEnabled=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Do not run production \fBmongod\f1\f1 instances with
|
|
\fBttlMonitorEnabled\f1 disabled, except under guidance from MongoDB
|
|
support. Preventing TTL document removal can negatively impact
|
|
MongoDB internal system operations that depend on TTL Indexes.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtcpFastOpenServer\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBtrue\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables support for accepting inbound TCP Fast Open (TFO) connections
|
|
to the \fBmongod/mongos\f1 from a client. TFO requires both the
|
|
client and \fBmongod/mongos\f1 host machine support and enable
|
|
TFO:
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBWindows\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following Windows operating systems support TFO:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Microsoft Windows Server 2016 and later.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Microsoft Windows 10 Update 1607 and later.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmacOS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
macOS 10.11 (El Capitan) and later support TFO.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBLinux\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Linux operating systems running Linux Kernel 3.7 or later
|
|
can support inbound TFO.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set the value of \fB/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen\f1 to
|
|
enable inbound TFO connections:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Set to \fB2\f1 to enable only inbound TFO connections.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Set to \fB3\f1 to enable inbound and outbound TFO connections.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter has no effect if the host operating system does not
|
|
support \fIor\f1 is not configured to support TFO connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
See \fBSupport for TCP Fast Open\f1 for more information on
|
|
MongoDB TFO support.
|
|
.PP
|
|
RFC7413 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7413)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtcpFastOpenClient\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBtrue\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fILinux Operating System Only\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables support for outbound TCP Fast Open (TFO) connections from the
|
|
\fBmongod/mongos\f1 to a client. TFO requires both the client
|
|
and the \fBmongod/mongos\f1 host machine support and enable TFO.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Linux operating systems running Linux Kernel 4.11 or later can
|
|
support outbound TFO.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set the value of \fB/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen\f1 to enable
|
|
outbound TFO connections:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB1\f1 to enable only outbound TFO connections.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB3\f1 to enable inbound and outbound TFO connections.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter has no effect if the host operating system does not
|
|
support \fIor\f1 is not configured to support TFO connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
See \fBSupport for TCP Fast Open\f1 for more information on
|
|
MongoDB TFO support.
|
|
.PP
|
|
RFC7413 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7413)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtcpFastOpenQueueSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fB1024\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
As part of establishing a TCP Fast Open (TFO) connection, the client
|
|
submits a valid TFO cookie to the \fBmongod/mongos\f1 \fIbefore\f1
|
|
completion of the standard TCP 3\-way handshake. The
|
|
\fBmongod/mongos\f1 keeps a queue of all such pending TFO connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fBtcpFastOpenQueueSize\f1 parameter sets the size of the queue of
|
|
pending TFO connections. While the queue is full, the
|
|
\fBmongod/mongos\f1 falls back to the normal three\-way handshake for
|
|
incoming client requests and ignores the presence of TFO cookies.
|
|
Once the queue size falls back below the limit, the \fBmongod/mongos\f1
|
|
begins accepting new TFO cookies.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Increasing the default queue size may improve the effect of
|
|
TFO on network performance. However, large queue sizes also
|
|
increase the risk of server resource exhaustion due to excessive
|
|
incoming TFO requests.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Decreasing the default queue size may reduce the risk of resource
|
|
server resource exhaustion due to excessive incoming TFO requests.
|
|
However, small queue sizes may also reduce the effect of TFO on
|
|
network performance.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The minimum queue size is \fB0\f1\&. A queue of \fB0\f1 effectively
|
|
disables TFO.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter has no effect on host operating systems that do
|
|
not support or are not configured for TFO connections. See
|
|
\fBSupport for TCP Fast Open\f1 for more information on
|
|
MongoDB TFO support.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
RFC7413 TCP Fast Open Section 5: Security Considerations (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7413#section\-5)
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
RFC7413 TCP Fast Open Section 6: TFO Applicability (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7413#section\-6)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdisableJavaScriptJIT\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The MongoDB JavaScript engine uses SpiderMonkey, which implements
|
|
Just\-in\-Time (JIT) compilation for improved performance when running scripts.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To enable the JIT, set \fBdisableJavaScriptJIT\f1\f1 to \fBfalse\f1, as in
|
|
the following example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, disableJavaScriptJIT: false } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fB$where\f1\f1 will reuse existing JavaScript interpreter
|
|
contexts, so changes to \fBdisableJavaScriptJIT\f1\f1 may not
|
|
take effect immediately for these operations.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Alternately, you may enable the JIT at startup time by starting the
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 instance with the following option:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter disableJavaScriptJIT=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 500 MB
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the minimum available disk space in megabytes required for index
|
|
builds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Must be greater than or equal to 0 MB, and less than or equal to 8
|
|
TB. 0 disables the minimum disk space requirement.
|
|
.PP
|
|
A new index build cannot be started and a current index build is
|
|
cancelled if the available disk space is below
|
|
\fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you increase \fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1, ensure your
|
|
server has enough available disk space. Also, if you set
|
|
\fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1 too high, you might
|
|
needlessly prevent index builds when there is enough available
|
|
disk space and \fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1 could be
|
|
set lower.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1 to 650 MB:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, indexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB: 650 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set \fBindexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB\f1 at startup.
|
|
For example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter indexBuildMinAvailableDiskSpaceMB=650
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBindexMaxNumGeneratedKeysPerDocument\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 100000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Limits the maximum number of keys generated for a document to
|
|
prevent out of memory errors. It is possible to raise the limit, but
|
|
if an operation requires more keys than the
|
|
\fBindexMaxNumGeneratedKeysPerDocument\f1\f1 parameter specifies,
|
|
the operation will fail.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 200
|
|
.PP
|
|
Limits the amount of memory that simultaneous index
|
|
builds on one collection may consume for the duration of the
|
|
builds. The specified amount of memory is shared between all
|
|
indexes built using a single
|
|
\fBcreateIndexes\f1\f1 command or its shell helper
|
|
\fBdb.collection.createIndexes()\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The memory consumed by an index build is separate from the
|
|
WiredTiger cache memory (see
|
|
\fBcacheSizeGB\f1\f1).
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1 sets a limit on how much
|
|
memory the index build uses at once. This can impact performance
|
|
when the \fBindex build process\f1 generates
|
|
and sorts keys for the index. Increasing the memory limit
|
|
improves sorting performance during an index build.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Index builds may be initiated either by a user command such as
|
|
\fBcreateIndexes\f1\f1 or by an administrative process such as an
|
|
\fBinitial sync\f1\&. Both are subject to the limit
|
|
set by \fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
An \fBinitial sync\f1 populates only one collection
|
|
at a time and has no risk of exceeding the memory limit. However, it is
|
|
possible for a user to start index builds on multiple collections in
|
|
multiple databases simultaneously and potentially consume an amount of
|
|
memory greater than the limit set by
|
|
\fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To minimize the impact of building an index on replica sets and
|
|
sharded clusters with replica set shards, use a rolling index build
|
|
procedure as described on \fBRolling Index Builds on Replica Sets\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Changing \fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1 does not affect an
|
|
in progress index build if it has already started a collection scan.
|
|
However, a forced replica set reconfiguration restarts the collection
|
|
scan and uses the most current
|
|
\fBmaxIndexBuildMemoryUsageMegabytes\f1 provided.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
For \fBfeature compatibility version (fcv)\f1 \fB"4.2"\f1
|
|
and later, the index build memory limit applies to all index builds.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreportOpWriteConcernCountersInServerStatus\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
A boolean flag that determines whether the
|
|
\fBdb.serverStatus()\f1\f1 method and \fBserverStatus\f1\f1
|
|
command return \fBopWriteConcernCounters\f1\f1 information.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter reportOpWriteConcernCountersInServerStatus=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \-1 (disabled)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Determines how frequent the \fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1 checks the status of the monitored
|
|
filesystems:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
The \fB\-\-dbpath\f1\f1 directory
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
The \fBjournal\f1 directory inside the \fB\-\-dbpath\f1\f1
|
|
directory
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
The directory of \fB\-\-logpath\f1\f1 file
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
The directory of \fB\-\-auditPath\f1\f1 file
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Valid values for \fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 are:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB\-1\f1 (the default), to disable/pause \fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1, or
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
An integer greater than or equal to 60.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If a filesystem on a monitored directory becomes unresponsive,
|
|
it can take a maximum of nearly \fItwice\f1 the value of
|
|
\fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 to terminate the
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If any of its monitored directory is a symlink to other
|
|
volumes, the Storage Node Watchdog does not monitor the symlink
|
|
target. For example, if the \fBmongod\f1\f1 uses
|
|
\fBstorage.directoryPerDB: true\f1\f1 (or \fB\-\-directoryperdb\f1\f1) and symlinks a database directory to
|
|
another volume, the Storage Node Watchdog does not follow the
|
|
symlink to monitor the target.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To enable \fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1,
|
|
\fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 must be set during startup.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter watchdogPeriodSeconds=60
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can only enable the \fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1 at startup. However, once enabled, you can
|
|
pause the \fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1 or
|
|
change the \fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 during run time.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Once enabled,
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To pause the \fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1
|
|
during run time, set \fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 to \-1.
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, watchdogPeriodSeconds: \-1 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To resume or change the period during run time, set
|
|
\fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 to a number greater than or
|
|
equal to 60.
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, watchdogPeriodSeconds: 120 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
It is an error to set \fBwatchdogPeriodSeconds\f1\f1 at run time if the
|
|
\fBStorage Node Watchdog\f1 was not enabled at
|
|
startup time.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtcmallocAggressiveMemoryDecommit\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
To release memory back to the operating system, consider using
|
|
\fBtcmallocEnableBackgroundThread\f1\f1 instead.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer (\fB0\f1 or \fB1\f1 only)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you enable \fBtcmallocAggressiveMemoryDecommit\f1, MongoDB:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
releases a \fBchunk\f1 of memory to system, and
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
attempts to return all neighboring free chunks.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
A value of \fB1\f1 enables \fBtcmallocAggressiveMemoryDecommit\f1;
|
|
\fB0\f1 disables this parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you enable this parameter, the system will require new memory allocations
|
|
for use. Consider enabling \fBtcmallocAggressiveMemoryDecommit\f1
|
|
only on memory\-constrained systems and after pursuing other memory and
|
|
performance options.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtcmallocEnableBackgroundThread\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set to \fBtrue\f1, \fBtcmallocEnableBackgroundThread\f1 creates a background
|
|
thread that periodically releases memory back to the operating system. The
|
|
value of \fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1\f1 determines the rate, in bytes per
|
|
second, at which the background thread releases memory.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBtcmallocEnableBackgroundThread\f1 is \fBtrue\f1 and \fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1
|
|
is \fB0\f1, MongoDB still releases memory.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For improved memory usage, we recommend using the default value
|
|
of \fBtrue\f1\&. To learn more about improvements to performance and memory
|
|
management, see \fBUpgraded TCMalloc\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following operation sets \fBtcmallocEnableBackgroundThread\f1
|
|
to \fBfalse\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter "tcmallocEnableBackgroundThread=false"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the tcmalloc release rate (https://github.com/google/tcmalloc/blob/master/docs/tuning.md)
|
|
in bytes per second. Release rate refers to the rate at which MongoDB
|
|
releases unused memory to the system. If \fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1 is set to
|
|
\fB0\f1 MongoDB doesn\(aqt release memory back to the system. Increase
|
|
this value to return memory faster; decrease it to return memory slower.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBtcmallocEnableBackgroundThread\f1 is \fBtrue\f1 and \fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1
|
|
is \fB0\f1, MongoDB still releases memory.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 8.0, the default value of \fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1 is
|
|
reduced to \fB0\f1 due to a \fBtcmalloc upgrade\f1
|
|
that prioritizes CPU performance over memory release. Earlier versions of
|
|
MongoDB used an older version of \fBtcmalloc\f1 that set the default
|
|
\fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1 to \fB1\f1 to balance memory release and performance.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To modify the release rate during run time, you can use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command; for example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, tcmallocReleaseRate: 5.0 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set \fBtcmallocReleaseRate\f1\f1 at startup time;
|
|
for example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter "tcmallocReleaseRate=5.0"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBfassertOnLockTimeoutForStepUpDown\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 15 seconds
|
|
.PP
|
|
Allows a server that receives a request to step up or step down, to
|
|
terminate if it is unable to comply (for example due
|
|
to faulty server disks) within the timeout. This enables a cluster to
|
|
successfully elect a new primary node and thus continue to be available.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBfassertOnLockTimeoutForStepUpDown\f1 defaults to 15 seconds. To disable
|
|
nodes from fasserting, set \fBfassertOnLockTimeoutForStepUpDown=0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example disables nodes from fasserting:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter fassertOnLockTimeoutForStepUpDown=0
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS LOGGING PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBlogLevel\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify an integer between \fB0\f1 and \fB5\f1 signifying the verbosity
|
|
of the \fBlogging\f1, where \fB5\f1 is the
|
|
most verbose.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default \fBlogLevel\f1\f1 is \fB0\f1 (Informational).
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets the \fBlogLevel\f1\f1 to \fB2\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, logLevel: 2 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBlogComponentVerbosity\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBsystemLog.verbosity\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBlogComponentVerbosity\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the verbosity levels of various \fBcomponents\f1 for \fBlog messages\f1\&. The verbosity level determines the
|
|
amount of \fBInformational and Debug\f1
|
|
messages MongoDB outputs.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The verbosity level can range from \fB0\f1 to \fB5\f1:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB0\f1 is the MongoDB\(aqs default log verbosity level, to include
|
|
\fBInformational\f1 messages.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB1\f1 to \fB5\f1 increases the verbosity level to include
|
|
\fBDebug\f1 messages.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For a component, you can also specify \fB\-1\f1 to inherit the parent\(aqs
|
|
verbosity level.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To specify the verbosity level, use a document similar to the
|
|
following:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
{
|
|
verbosity: <int>,
|
|
<component1>: { verbosity: <int> },
|
|
<component2>: {
|
|
verbosity: <int>,
|
|
<component3>: { verbosity: <int> }
|
|
},
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For the components, you can specify just the \fB<component>: <int>\f1
|
|
in the document, unless you are setting both the parent verbosity
|
|
level and that of the child component(s) as well:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
{
|
|
verbosity: <int>,
|
|
<component1>: <int> ,
|
|
<component2>: {
|
|
verbosity: <int>,
|
|
<component3>: <int>
|
|
}
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The top\-level \fBverbosity\f1 field corresponds to
|
|
\fBsystemLog.verbosity\f1\f1 which sets the default level for all
|
|
components. The default value of \fBsystemLog.verbosity\f1\f1 is
|
|
\fB0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The components correspond to the following settings:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBaccessControl\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBcommand\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBcontrol\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBftdc\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBgeo\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBindex\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBnetwork\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBquery\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBreplication\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBreplication.election\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBreplication.heartbeats\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBreplication.initialSync\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBreplication.rollback\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBrecovery\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBsharding\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBstorage\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBstorage.journal\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtransaction\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBwrite\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Unless explicitly set, the component has the verbosity level of its
|
|
parent. For example, \fBstorage\f1 is the parent of
|
|
\fBstorage.journal\f1\&. That is, if you specify a \fBstorage\f1\f1 verbosity level, this level
|
|
also applies to:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBstorage.journal\f1\f1 components
|
|
\fIunless\f1 you specify the verbosity level for
|
|
\fBstorage.journal\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBstorage.recovery\f1\f1 components
|
|
\fIunless\f1 you specify the verbosity level for
|
|
\fBstorage.recovery\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the \fBdefault verbosity
|
|
level\f1\f1 to \fB1\f1, the \fBquery\f1\f1 to \fB2\f1, the
|
|
\fBstorage\f1\f1 to \fB2\f1,
|
|
and the \fBstorage.journal\f1\f1 to \fB1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( {
|
|
setParameter: 1,
|
|
logComponentVerbosity: {
|
|
verbosity: 1,
|
|
query: { verbosity: 2 },
|
|
storage: {
|
|
verbosity: 2,
|
|
journal: {
|
|
verbosity: 1
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set parameter \fBlogComponentVerbosity\f1\f1 at
|
|
startup time, passing the verbosity level document as a string.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter "logComponentVerbosity={command: 3}"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 also provides the \fBdb.setLogLevel()\f1\f1
|
|
to set the log level for a single component. For various ways to set
|
|
the log verbosity level, see \fBConfigure Log Verbosity Levels\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxLogSizeKB\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: non\-negative integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the maximum size, in kilobytes, for an individual
|
|
attribute field in a log entry; attributes exceeding this limit are
|
|
truncated.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Truncated attribute fields print field content up to the
|
|
\fBmaxLogSizeKB\f1\f1 limit and excise field content past that
|
|
limit, retaining valid JSON formatting. Log entries that contain
|
|
truncated attributes append a \fBtruncated\f1 object to the end of the
|
|
log entry.
|
|
.PP
|
|
See \fBlog message truncation\f1 for more
|
|
information.
|
|
.PP
|
|
A value of \fB0\f1 disables truncation entirely. Negative values for
|
|
this parameter are not valid.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Using a large value, or disabling truncation with a value of
|
|
\fB0\f1, may adversely affect system performance and negatively
|
|
impact database operations.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets the maximum log line size to \fB20\f1
|
|
kilobytes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter maxLogSizeKB=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBprofileOperationResourceConsumptionMetrics\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
Flag that determines whether operations collect resource
|
|
consumption metrics and report them in the slow query logs.
|
|
If you enable \fBprofiling\f1,
|
|
these metrics are also included.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set to \fBtrue\f1, running the \fBexplain\f1\f1 command
|
|
returns \fBoperationMetrics\f1 when the verbosity
|
|
is \fBexecutionStats\f1 or higher.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBquiet\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets quiet logging mode. If
|
|
\fB1\f1, \fBmongod\f1\f1 will go into a quiet logging
|
|
mode which will not log the following events/activities:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
connection events;
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
the \fBdrop\f1\f1 command, the
|
|
\fBdropIndexes\f1\f1 command, the
|
|
\fBvalidate\f1\f1 command; and
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
replication synchronization activities.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example which sets the
|
|
\fBquiet\f1 parameter to \fB1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, quiet: 1 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsystemLog.quiet\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBredactClientLogData\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available in MongoDB Enterprise only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Configure the \fBmongod\f1\f1 or \fBmongos\f1\f1 to
|
|
redact any message accompanying a given log event before logging.
|
|
This prevents the program from writing potentially sensitive data
|
|
stored on the database to the diagnostic log. Metadata such as error
|
|
or operation codes, line numbers, and source file names are still
|
|
visible in the logs.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Use \fBredactClientLogData\f1\f1 in conjunction with
|
|
\fBEncryption at Rest\f1 and
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL (Transport Encryption)\f1 to assist compliance with
|
|
regulatory requirements.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To enable log redaction at startup, you can either:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Start \fBmongod\f1\f1 with the
|
|
\fB\-\-redactClientLogData\f1\f1 option:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-redactClientLogData
|
|
.EE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Set the \fBsecurity.redactClientLogData\f1\f1 option in the
|
|
\fBconfiguration file\f1:
|
|
.IP
|
|
.EX
|
|
security:
|
|
redactClientLogData: true
|
|
...
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can\(aqt use the \fB\-\-setParameter\f1\f1
|
|
option to set \fBredactClientLogData\f1\f1 at startup.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To enable log redaction on a running \fBmongod\f1 or
|
|
\fBmongos\f1, use the following command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, redactClientLogData : true } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsecurity.redactClientLogData\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBredactEncryptedFields\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBtrue\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Configures \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1 to redact field values
|
|
of encrypted \fBBinary\f1\f1 data from all
|
|
\fBlog messages\f1\&.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If the \fBredactClientLogData\f1\f1 parameter or the
|
|
\fBsecurity.redactClientLogData\f1\f1 setting is set to \fBfalse\f1 and
|
|
\fBredactEncryptedFields\f1 is set to \fBtrue\f1 (the default), encrypted
|
|
fields are redacted from all log messages.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If the \fBredactClientLogData\f1\f1 parameter or
|
|
\fBsecurity.redactClientLogData\f1\f1 setting is set to \fBtrue\f1,
|
|
all fields are redacted, regardless of the \fBredactEncryptedFields\f1
|
|
setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtraceExceptions\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Configures \fBmongod\f1\f1 to log full source code stack traces
|
|
for every database and socket C++ exception, for use with debugging.
|
|
If \fBtrue\f1, \fBmongod\f1\f1 will log full stack traces.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at runtime. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example which sets the
|
|
\fBtraceExceptions\f1 to \fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, traceExceptions: true } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsystemLog.traceAllExceptions\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsuppressNoTLSPeerCertificateWarning\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, a \fBmongod\f1\f1 or \fBmongos\f1\f1 with
|
|
\fBTLS/SSL enabled\f1 and
|
|
\fBnet.ssl.allowConnectionsWithoutCertificates\f1 : \fBtrue\f1
|
|
lets clients connect without providing a certificate for
|
|
validation while logging an warning. Set
|
|
\fBsuppressNoTLSPeerCertificateWarning\f1 to \fB1\f1 or \fBtrue\f1 to
|
|
suppress those warnings.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following operation sets \fBsuppressNoTLSPeerCertificateWarning\f1
|
|
to \fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, suppressNoTLSPeerCertificateWarning: true} )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenableDetailedConnectionHealthMetricLogLines\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Determines whether to enable specific log messages related to cluster
|
|
connection health metrics. If
|
|
\fBenableDetailedConnectionHealthMetricLogLines\f1\f1 is set to
|
|
\fBfalse\f1, the following log messages are turned off, but MongoDB still
|
|
collects data on the cluster connection health metrics:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Log Message
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Accepted TLS connection from peer
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that the server successfully parsed the peer certificate
|
|
during the TLS handshake with an accepted ingress connection.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Ingress TLS handshake complete
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that the TLS handshake with an ingress connection is
|
|
complete.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Hello completed
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that the initial connection handshake completed on an
|
|
incoming client connection.
|
|
.IP
|
|
MongoDB displays the log message only with the first \fBhello\f1
|
|
command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Auth metrics report
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Specifies the completion of a step in the authentication conversation.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Received first command on ingress connection since session start or
|
|
auth handshake
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that an ingress connection received the first command that
|
|
is not part of the handshake.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Slow network response send time
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that the time spent, in milliseconds, to send the response
|
|
back to the client over an ingress connection takes more time than the
|
|
duration defined by the \fBslowMS\f1 server parameter.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Completed client\-side verification of OCSP request
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
If the peer doesn\(aqt include an OCSP
|
|
(Online Certificate Status Protocol) response to the TLS handshake
|
|
when an egress TLS connection is established, the server must send an
|
|
OCSP request to the certificate authority. MongoDB writes this log
|
|
message when the certificate authority receives the OCSP response.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Slow connection establishment
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that the time taken to send a response back to the client
|
|
over an ingress connection takes longer than the threshold specified
|
|
with the \fBslowConnectionThresholdMillis\f1\f1 parameter.
|
|
MongoDB also emits this log message when the connection establishment
|
|
times out.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Operation timed out while waiting to acquire connection
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that an operation timed out while waiting to acquire an
|
|
egress connection.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Acquired connection for remote operation and completed writing to
|
|
wire
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Indicates that the server took one millisecond or longer to write an
|
|
outgoing request on an egress connection, counting from the instant
|
|
when the connection establishes.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS DIAGNOSTIC PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
To facilitate analysis of the MongoDB server behavior by MongoDB
|
|
engineers, MongoDB logs server statistics to diagnostic files at
|
|
periodic intervals.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For \fBmongod\f1\f1, the diagnostic data files are stored in the
|
|
\fBdiagnostic.data\f1 directory under the \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance\(aqs
|
|
\fB\-\-dbpath\f1 or \fBstorage.dbPath\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For \fBmongos\f1\f1, the diagnostic data files, by default, are
|
|
stored in a directory under the \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance\(aqs
|
|
\fB\-\-logpath\f1 or \fBsystemLog.path\f1\f1 directory. The diagnostic
|
|
data directory is computed by truncating the logpath\(aqs file
|
|
extension(s) and concatenating \fBdiagnostic.data\f1 to the remaining
|
|
name.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, if \fBmongos\f1\f1 has \fB\-\-logpath
|
|
/var/log/mongodb/mongos.log.201708015\f1, then the diagnostic data
|
|
directory is \fB/var/log/mongodb/mongos.diagnostic.data/\f1 directory. To
|
|
specify a different diagnostic data directory for \fBmongos\f1\f1,
|
|
set the \fBdiagnosticDataCollectionDirectoryPath\f1\f1 parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following parameters support diagnostic data capture (FTDC):
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default values for the diagnostic data capture interval and the
|
|
maximum sizes are chosen to provide useful data to MongoDB engineers
|
|
with minimal impact on performance and storage size. Typically, these
|
|
values will only need modifications as requested by MongoDB engineers
|
|
for specific diagnostic purposes.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionEnabled\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Determines whether to enable the collecting and logging of data for
|
|
diagnostic purposes. Diagnostic logging is enabled by default.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following disables the diagnostic collection:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter diagnosticDataCollectionEnabled=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionDirectoryPath\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: String
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBFull Time Diagnostic Data Capture (FTDC)\f1 is
|
|
disabled with \fBdiagnosticDataCollectionEnabled\f1\f1 or if
|
|
\fBsystemLog.destination\f1\f1 is set to \fBsyslog\f1, you must restart
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 after setting
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionDirectoryPath\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the directory for the diagnostic directory for
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1\&. If the directory does not exist,
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 creates the directory.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If unspecified, the diagnostic data directory is computed by
|
|
truncating the \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance\(aqs \fB\-\-logpath\f1 or
|
|
\fBsystemLog.path\f1\f1 file extension(s) and concatenating
|
|
\fBdiagnostic.data\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, if \fBmongos\f1\f1 has \fB\-\-logpath
|
|
/var/log/mongodb/mongos.log.201708015\f1, then the diagnostic data
|
|
directory is \fB/var/log/mongodb/mongos.diagnostic.data/\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the \fBmongos\f1\f1 cannot create the specified directory, the
|
|
diagnostic data capture is disabled for that instance. \fBmongos\f1\f1
|
|
may not be able to create the specified directory if a file with the same
|
|
name already exists in the path or if the process does not have permissions
|
|
to create the directory.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionDirectorySizeMB\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 200
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the maximum size, in megabytes, of the \fBdiagnostic.data\f1
|
|
directory. If directory size exceeds this number, the oldest
|
|
diagnostic files in the directory are automatically deleted based on
|
|
the timestamp in the file name.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the maximum size of the directory to
|
|
\fB250\f1 megabytes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter diagnosticDataCollectionDirectorySizeMB=250
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum value for
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionDirectorySizeMB\f1\f1 is \fB10\f1
|
|
megabytes. \fBdiagnosticDataCollectionDirectorySizeMB\f1\f1 must
|
|
be greater than maximum diagnostic file size
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionFileSizeMB\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionFileSizeMB\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the maximum size, in megabytes, of each diagnostic
|
|
file. If the file exceeds the maximum file size, MongoDB creates a new file.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the maximum size of each diagnostic
|
|
file to \fB20\f1 megabytes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter diagnosticDataCollectionFileSizeMB=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum value for
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionFileSizeMB\f1\f1 is \fB1\f1 megabyte.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionPeriodMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 1000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the interval, in milliseconds, at which to collect
|
|
diagnostic data.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the interval to
|
|
\fB5000\f1 milliseconds or 5 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter diagnosticDataCollectionPeriodMillis=5000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum value for
|
|
\fBdiagnosticDataCollectionPeriodMillis\f1\f1 is \fB100\f1
|
|
milliseconds.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS REPLICATION AND CONSISTENCY
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdisableSplitHorizonIPCheck\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
To configure cluster nodes for split horizon DNS (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Split\-horizon_DNS), use host names
|
|
instead of IP addresses.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB v5.0, \fBreplSetInitiate\f1\f1 and
|
|
\fBreplSetReconfig\f1\f1 reject configurations that use IP
|
|
addresses instead of hostnames.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Use \fBdisableSplitHorizonIPCheck\f1\f1 to modify nodes that
|
|
cannot be updated to use host names. The parameter only applies to the
|
|
configuration commands.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1 do not rely on
|
|
\fBdisableSplitHorizonIPCheck\f1\f1 for validation at startup.
|
|
Legacy \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1 instances that use IP
|
|
addresses instead of host names can start after an upgrade.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Instances that are configured with IP addresses log a warning to use
|
|
host names instead of IP addresses.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To allow configuration changes using IP addresses, set
|
|
\fBdisableSplitHorizonIPCheck=true\f1 using the command line:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
/usr/local/bin/mongod \-\-setParameter disableSplitHorizonIPCheck=true \-f /etc/mongod.conf
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
disableSplitHorizonIPCheck: true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenableOverrideClusterChainingSetting\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBenableOverrideClusterChainingSetting\f1\f1 is \fBtrue\f1,
|
|
replica set \fBsecondary\f1 members can replicate data from
|
|
other secondary members even if \fBsettings.chainingAllowed\f1\f1 is
|
|
\fBfalse\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the
|
|
\fBenableOverrideClusterChainingSetting\f1\f1 for a
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to \fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter enableOverrideClusterChainingSetting=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBlogicalSessionRefreshMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 300000 (5 minutes)
|
|
.PP
|
|
The interval (in milliseconds) at which the cache refreshes its logical
|
|
session records against the main session store.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBlogicalSessionRefreshMillis\f1\f1
|
|
for a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to 10 minutes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter logicalSessionRefreshMillis=600000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBlocalLogicalSessionTimeoutMinutes\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 30
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is intended for testing purposes only and not for
|
|
production use.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The time in minutes that a \fBsession\f1 remains active
|
|
after its most recent use. Sessions that have not received a new
|
|
read/write operation from the client or been refreshed with
|
|
\fBrefreshSessions\f1\f1 within this threshold are cleared from the
|
|
cache. State associated with an expired session may be cleaned up by the
|
|
server at any time.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter applies only to the instance on which it is set. To
|
|
set this parameter on replica sets and sharded clusters, you must
|
|
specify the same value on every member; otherwise, sessions will
|
|
not function properly.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBlocalLogicalSessionTimeoutMinutes\f1\f1
|
|
for a test \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to 20 minutes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter localLogicalSessionTimeoutMinutes=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxAcceptableLogicalClockDriftSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 31536000 (1 year)
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum amount by which the current cluster time can be advanced;
|
|
specifically, \fBmaxAcceptableLogicalClockDriftSecs\f1\f1 is the
|
|
maximum difference between the new value of the cluster time and the
|
|
current cluster time. Cluster time is a logical time used for
|
|
ordering of operations.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You cannot advance the cluster time to a new value if the new
|
|
cluster time differs from the current cluster time by more than
|
|
\fBmaxAcceptableLogicalClockDriftSecs\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBmaxAcceptableLogicalClockDriftSecs\f1\f1
|
|
for a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to 15 minutes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter maxAcceptableLogicalClockDriftSecs=900
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxSessions\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 1000000
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of sessions that can be cached.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBmaxSessions\f1\f1
|
|
for a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to 1000:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter maxSessions=1000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBoplogBatchDelayMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
The number of milliseconds to delay applying batches of oplog
|
|
operations on secondary nodes. By default, \fBoplogBatchDelayMillis\f1
|
|
is \fB0\f1, meaning oplog batches are applied with no delay. When there
|
|
is no delay, MongoDB may apply frequent, small oplog batches to
|
|
secondaries.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Increasing \fBoplogBatchDelayMillis\f1 causes MongoDB to apply oplog
|
|
batches less frequently on secondaries, with each batch containing
|
|
larger amounts of data. This reduces IOPS (Input/Output
|
|
Operations Per Second) on secondaries, but adds latency for writes
|
|
with write concern \fB"majority"\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, run the following command to set the
|
|
\fBoplogBatchDelayMillis\f1 for a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to 20
|
|
milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter oplogBatchDelayMillis=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBperiodicNoopIntervalSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
The duration in seconds between \fBnoop\f1 writes on each individual node.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To modify this value for a MongoDB Atlas (https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/) cluster, you
|
|
must contact Atlas Support (https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/support/)\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets the \fBperiodicNoopIntervalSecs\f1 to 1 second at
|
|
startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter periodicNoopIntervalSecs=1
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBstoreFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Determines whether the temporary documents required for
|
|
\fBretryable\f1 \fBfindAndModify\f1\f1
|
|
commands are stored in the \fIside\f1 collection
|
|
(\fBconfig.image_collection\f1).
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBstoreFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection\f1 is:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtrue\f1, the temporary documents are stored in the side
|
|
collection.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBfalse\f1, the temporary documents are stored in the \fBreplica
|
|
set oplog\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Keep \fBstoreFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection\f1 set to
|
|
\fBtrue\f1 if you:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Have a large \fBretryable\f1
|
|
\fBfindAndModify\f1\f1 workload.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Require more temporary document space for \fBretryable\f1 \fBfindAndModify\f1\f1 commands than is
|
|
available in the \fBreplica set oplog\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBSecondaries\f1 may experience increased CPU
|
|
usage when \fBstoreFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection\f1
|
|
is \fBtrue\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set
|
|
\fBstoreFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection\f1 to \fBfalse\f1
|
|
during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter storeFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, storeFindAndModifyImagesInSideCollection: false } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBTransactionRecordMinimumLifetimeMinutes\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 30
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum lifetime a transaction record exists in the
|
|
\fBtransactions\f1\f1 collection before the record becomes
|
|
eligible for cleanup.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBTransactionRecordMinimumLifetimeMinutes\f1\f1
|
|
for a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance to 20 minutes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter TransactionRecordMinimumLifetimeMinutes=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBlocalLogicalSessionTimeoutMinutes\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenableFlowControl\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables or disables the mechanism that controls the rate at which the
|
|
primary applies its writes with the goal of keeping the secondary members\(aq
|
|
\fBmajority committed\f1\f1 lag under a
|
|
configurable maximum value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For flow control to engage, the replica set/sharded cluster must
|
|
have: \fBfeatureCompatibilityVersion (fCV)\f1 of
|
|
\fB4.2\f1 and read concern \fBmajority enabled\f1\f1\&. That is, enabled flow
|
|
control has no effect if fCV is not \fB4.2\f1 or if read concern
|
|
majority is disabled.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBflowControlTargetLagSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
The target maximum \fBmajority committed\f1\f1 lag when running
|
|
with flow control. When flow control is enabled, the mechanism
|
|
attempts to keep the \fBmajority committed\f1\f1 lag under
|
|
the specified seconds. The parameter has no effect if flow control
|
|
is disabled.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The specified value must be greater than 0.
|
|
.PP
|
|
In general, the default settings should suffice; however, if
|
|
modifying from the default value, decreasing, rather than
|
|
increasing, the value may prove to be more useful.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBflowControlWarnThresholdSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
The amount of time to wait to log a warning once the flow control
|
|
mechanism detects the majority commit point has not moved.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The specified value must be greater than or equal to 0, with 0 to
|
|
disable warnings.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBinitialSyncTransientErrorRetryPeriodSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 86400
|
|
.PP
|
|
The amount of time in seconds a secondary performing initial sync
|
|
attempts to resume the process if interrupted by a transient
|
|
network error. The default value is equivalent to 24 hours.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBinitialSyncSourceReadPreference\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: String
|
|
.PP
|
|
The preferred source for performing \fBinitial sync\f1\&. Specify one of the following read
|
|
preference modes:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBprimary\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBprimaryPreferred\f1\f1 (Default for voting replica set members)
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBsecondary\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBsecondaryPreferred\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBnearest\f1\f1 (Default for newly added \fIor\f1 non\-voting replica set members)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the replica set has disabled \fBchaining\f1\f1, the default
|
|
\fBinitialSyncSourceReadPreference\f1\f1 read preference mode
|
|
is \fBprimary\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You cannot specify a tag set or \fBmaxStalenessSeconds\f1 to
|
|
\fBinitialSyncSourceReadPreference\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the \fBmongod\f1\f1 cannot find a sync source based on the
|
|
specified read preference, it logs an error and restarts the initial
|
|
sync process. The \fBmongod\f1\f1 exits with an error if it
|
|
cannot complete the initial sync process after \fB10\f1 attempts. For
|
|
more information on sync source selection, see
|
|
\fBInitial Sync Source Selection\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBinitialSyncSourceReadPreference\f1\f1 takes precedence over
|
|
the replica set\(aqs \fBsettings.chainingAllowed\f1\f1 setting when
|
|
selecting an initial sync source. After a replica set member
|
|
successfully completes initial sync, it defers to the value of
|
|
\fBchainingAllowed\f1\f1 when selecting a replication sync
|
|
source.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBinitialSyncMethod\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: String
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBlogical\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available only in MongoDB Enterprise.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Method used for \fBinitial sync\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set to \fBlogical\f1 to use \fBlogical initial sync\f1\&. Set to \fBfileCopyBased\f1 to
|
|
use \fBfile copy based initial sync\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter only affects the sync method for the member on which
|
|
it is specified. Setting this parameter on a single replica set
|
|
member does not affect the sync method of any other replica set
|
|
members.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxNumSyncSourceChangesPerHour\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 3
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBSync sources\f1
|
|
are evaluated each time a sync source is updated and each time a
|
|
node fetches a batch of oplog entries. If there are more than
|
|
\fBmaxNumSyncSourceChangesPerHour\f1 source changes in an hour, the
|
|
node temporarily stops re\-evaluating that sync source. If this
|
|
parameter is set with a high value, the node may make unnecessary
|
|
source changes.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter will not prevent a node from starting to sync from
|
|
another node if it doesn\(aqt have a sync source. The node will
|
|
re\-evaluate if a sync source becomes invalid. Similarly, if the
|
|
primary changes and chaining is disabled, the node will update to
|
|
sync from the new primary.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBoplogFetcherUsesExhaust\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables or disables \fBstreaming replication\f1\&. Set the value to \fBtrue\f1 to enable
|
|
streaming replication.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Set the value to \fBfalse\f1 to disable streaming replication. If
|
|
disabled, secondaries fetch batches of \fBoplog\f1
|
|
entries by issuing a request to their \fIsync from\f1 source and waiting for a
|
|
response. This requires a network roundtrip for each batch of \fBoplog\f1 entries.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBoplogInitialFindMaxSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 60
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum time in seconds for a member of a \fBreplica set\f1 to wait
|
|
for the \fBfind\f1\f1 command to finish during
|
|
\fBdata synchronization\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreplWriterThreadCount\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 16
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum number of threads to use to apply replicated operations in
|
|
parallel. Values can range from 1 to 256 inclusive. However, the
|
|
maximum number of threads used is capped at twice the number of
|
|
available cores.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreplWriterMinThreadCount\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreplWriterMinThreadCount\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
Minimum number of threads to use to apply replicated operations in
|
|
parallel. Values can range from 0 to 256 inclusive. You can only set
|
|
\fBreplWriterMinThreadCount\f1\f1 at startup and cannot change
|
|
this setting with the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parallel application of replication operations uses up to
|
|
\fBreplWriterThreadCount\f1\f1 threads. If
|
|
\fBreplWriterMinThreadCount\f1\f1 is configured with a value
|
|
less than \fBreplWriterThreadCount\f1\f1, the thread pool will
|
|
timeout idle threads until the total count of threads in the thread
|
|
pool is equal to \fBreplWriterMinThreadCount\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreplWriterMinThreadCount\f1\f1 must be configured with a value
|
|
that is less than or equal to \fBreplWriterThreadCount\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBrollbackTimeLimitSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: 64\-bit integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 86400 (1 day)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum age of data that can be rolled back. Negative values for
|
|
this parameter are not valid.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the time between the end
|
|
of the to\-be\-rolledback instance\(aqs oplog and the first operation
|
|
after the common point (the last point where the source node and the
|
|
to\-be\-rolledback node had the same data) exceeds this value, the
|
|
rollback will fail.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To effectively have an unlimited rollback period, set the value to
|
|
\fB2147483647\f1 which is the maximum value allowed and equivalent to
|
|
roughly 68 years.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwaitForSecondaryBeforeNoopWriteMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
The length of time (in milliseconds) that a secondary must wait if
|
|
the \fBafterClusterTime\f1 is greater than the last applied time from
|
|
the oplog. After the \fBwaitForSecondaryBeforeNoopWriteMS\f1 passes,
|
|
if the \fBafterClusterTime\f1 is still greater than the last applied
|
|
time, the secondary makes a no\-op write to advance the last applied
|
|
time.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets the
|
|
\fBwaitForSecondaryBeforeNoopWriteMS\f1\f1 to 20 milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter waitForSecondaryBeforeNoopWriteMS=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, waitForSecondaryBeforeNoopWriteMS: 20 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBcreateRollbackDataFiles\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Flag that determines whether MongoDB creates \fBrollback files\f1 that contains documents affected during a
|
|
rollback.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, \fBcreateRollbackDataFiles\f1\f1 is \fBtrue\f1 and
|
|
MongoDB creates the rollback files.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBcreateRollbackDataFiles\f1\f1
|
|
to false so that the rollback files are not created:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter createRollbackDataFiles=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, createRollbackDataFiles: false } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information, see \fBCollect Rollback Data\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreplBatchLimitBytes\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 104857600 (100MB)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the maximum oplog application batch size in bytes.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Values can range from 16777216 (16MB) to 104857600 (100MB) inclusive.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBreplBatchLimitBytes\f1\f1
|
|
to 64 MB to limit the oplog application batch size:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter replBatchLimitBytes=67108864
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, replBatchLimitBytes: 64 * 1024 * 1024 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmirrorReads\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: Document
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fB{ samplingRate: 0.01, maxTimeMS: 1000 }\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the settings for \fBmirrored reads\f1
|
|
for the \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance. The settings only take
|
|
effect when the member is a primary.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter \fBmirrorReads\f1\f1 takes a JSON document with
|
|
the following fields:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Field
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBsamplingRate\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The sampling rate used to mirror a subset of \fBoperations
|
|
that support mirroring\f1
|
|
to a subset of electable (specifically, \fBpriority
|
|
greater than 0\f1\f1) secondaries. That is,
|
|
the primary mirrors reads to each electable secondary at the
|
|
specified sampling rate.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Valid values are:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 8
|
|
\fB0.0\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 8
|
|
Turns off mirroring.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 8
|
|
\fB1.0\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 8
|
|
The primary mirrors all \fBoperations that supports
|
|
mirroring\f1 to
|
|
each electable secondary.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 6
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 8
|
|
Number between \fB0.0\f1 and \fB1.0\f1 (exclusive)
|
|
.IP \(bu 8
|
|
The primary randomly samples each electable secondary
|
|
at the specified rate to be sent mirrored reads.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
For example, given a replica set with a primary and two
|
|
electable secondaries and a sampling rate of \fB0.10\f1, the
|
|
primary mirrors reads to each electable secondary at the
|
|
sampling rate of 10 percent such that one read may be
|
|
mirrored to one secondary and not to the other or to both or
|
|
to neither. That is, if the primary receives \fB100\f1
|
|
operations that can be mirrored, the sampling rate of
|
|
\fB0.10\f1 may result in \fB8\f1 reads being mirrored to one
|
|
secondary and \fB13\f1 reads to the other or \fB10\f1 to each,
|
|
etc.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default value is \fB0.01\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBmaxTimeMS\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The maximum time in milliseconds for the mirrored reads. The
|
|
default value is \fB1000\f1\&.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fBmaxTimeMS\f1 for the mirrored reads is separate from the
|
|
\fBmaxTimeMS\f1 of the original read being mirrored.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you specify from the configuration file or on the command
|
|
line, \fBenclose the\f1 \fBmirrorReads\f1 \fBdocument in quotes\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the mirror reads sampling rate to
|
|
\fB0.10\f1 from the command line:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter mirrorReads=\(aq{ samplingRate: 0.10 }\(aq
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or, to specify in a configuration file:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
mirrorReads: \(aq{samplingRate: 0.10}\(aq
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1, do \fBnot\f1 enclose the document in quotes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, mirrorReads: { samplingRate: 0.10 } } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBallowMultipleArbiters\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies whether the replica set allows the use of multiple arbiters.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The use of multiple arbiters is not recommended:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Multiple arbiters prevent the reliable use of the majority write concern.
|
|
MongoDB counts arbiters in calculating a membership majority, but arbiters
|
|
do not store data. With the inclusion of multiple arbiters, it\(aqs possible
|
|
for a majority write operation to return success before the write replicates
|
|
to a majority of data bearing nodes.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Multiple arbiters allow replica sets to accept writes even when the
|
|
replica set doesn\(aqt have sufficient secondaries for data replication.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information, see
|
|
\fBConcerns with Multiple Arbiters\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter allowMultipleArbiters=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS SHARDING PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBanalyzeShardKeyCharacteristicsDefaultSampleSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10000000
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBsampleRate\f1 and \fBsampleSize\f1 are not set when
|
|
you run \fBanalyzeShardKey\f1, specifies the number of documents to
|
|
sample when calculating shard key characteristics metrics. Must be
|
|
greater than \fB0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBanalyzeShardKeyCharacteristicsDefaultSampleSize\f1
|
|
to \fB10000\f1 at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter analyzeShardKeyCharacteristicsDefaultSampleSize=10000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can set or modify the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, analyzeShardKeyCharacteristicsDefaultSampleSize: 10000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBanalyzeShardKeyNumMostCommonValues\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 5
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the number of most common shard key values to return. If
|
|
the collection contains fewer unique shard keys than this value,
|
|
\fBanalyzeShardKeyNumMostCommonValues\f1 returns that number of
|
|
most common values. Must be greater than \fB0\f1 and less than or equal
|
|
to \fB1000\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBanalyzeShardKeyNumMostCommonValues\f1
|
|
to \fB3\f1 at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter analyzeShardKeyNumMostCommonValues=3
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can set or modify the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, analyzeShardKeyNumMostCommonValues: 3 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBanalyzeShardKeyNumRanges\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 100
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the number of ranges to partition the shard key space into
|
|
when calculating the \fBhotness\f1 of shard key
|
|
ranges. Must be greater than \fB0\f1 and less than or equal to
|
|
\fB10000\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBanalyzeShardKeyNumRanges\f1 to \fB50\f1 at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter analyzeShardKeyNumRanges=50
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can set or modify the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, analyzeShardKeyNumRanges: 50 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBanalyzeShardKeyMonotonicityCorrelationCoefficientThreshold\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: double
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0.7
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the \fBRecordId\f1 correlation coefficient threshold used to
|
|
determine if a shard key is monotonically changing in insertion order.
|
|
Must be greater than \fB0\f1 and less than or equal to \fB1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets
|
|
\fBanalyzeShardKeyMonotonicityCorrelationCoefficientThreshold\f1 to
|
|
\fB1\f1 at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter analyzeShardKeyMonotonicityCorrelationCoefficientThreshold=1
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can set or modify the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, analyzeShardKeyMonotonicityCorrelationCoefficientThreshold: 1 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBautoMergerIntervalSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 3600
|
|
.PP
|
|
When AutoMerger is enabled, specifies the amount of time
|
|
between automerging rounds, in seconds. The default value
|
|
is 3600 seconds, or one hour.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBautoMergerIntervalSecs\f1 can only be set on config servers.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBautoMergerIntervalSecs\f1 to 7200 seconds,
|
|
or two hours, at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter autoMergerIntervalSecs=7200
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can set or modify the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, autoMergerIntervalSecs: 7200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBautoMergerThrottlingMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 15000
|
|
.PP
|
|
When AutoMerger is enabled, specifies the minimum amount
|
|
time between merges initiated by the AutoMerger on the same
|
|
collection, in milliseconds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBautoMergerThrottlingMS\f1 can only be set on config servers.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBautoMergerThrottlingMS\f1 to 60000 milliseconds,
|
|
or one minute, at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter autoMergerThrottlingMS=60000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can set or modify the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, autoMergerThrottlingMS: 60000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBbalancerMigrationsThrottlingMs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 1000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the minimum amount of time between two consecutive
|
|
balancing rounds. This allows you to throttle the balancing
|
|
rate. This parameter only takes effect on config server nodes.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBbalancerMigrationsThrottlingMs\f1 to 2000
|
|
milliseconds at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter balancerMigrationsThrottlingMs=2000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, balancerMigrationsThrottlingMs: 2000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBchunkDefragmentationThrottlingMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the minimum time period (in milliseconds) between
|
|
consecutive split and merge commands run by the \fBbalancer\f1 when
|
|
the \fBchunks\f1 in a \fBsharded\f1 collection
|
|
are defragmented. \fBchunkDefragmentationThrottlingMS\f1\f1
|
|
limits the rate of split and merge commands.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBchunkDefragmentationThrottlingMS\f1\f1 to \fB10\f1 milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter chunkDefragmentationThrottlingMS=10
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, chunkDefragmentationThrottlingMS: 10 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBchunkMigrationConcurrency\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIAvailable starting in MongoDB 7.0, 6.3, 6.0.6 (and 5.0.15).\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies an integer that sets the number of threads on the source
|
|
shard and the receiving shard for \fBchunk migration\f1\&. Chunk migrations use the number
|
|
of threads that you set on the receiving shard for both the source
|
|
and receiving shard.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Increasing the concurrency improves chunk migration performance, but
|
|
also increases the workload and disk IOPS usage on the source
|
|
shard and the receiving shard.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum value is 500.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You should typically use half the total number of CPU cores as
|
|
threads. For example, if the total is 16 cores, set
|
|
\fBchunkMigrationConcurrency\f1 to 8 threads (or fewer).
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBchunkMigrationConcurrency\f1 is greater than \fB1\f1, the
|
|
\fB_secondaryThrottle\f1 configuration setting is ignored. The
|
|
\fB_secondaryThrottle\f1 setting determines when the chunk migration
|
|
proceeds with the next document in the chunk. For details, see
|
|
\fBRange Migration and Replication\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBchunkMigrationConcurrency\f1 to \fB5\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter chunkMigrationConcurrency=5
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, chunkMigrationConcurrency: 5 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To configure collection balancing, see
|
|
\fBconfigureCollectionBalancing\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To learn about defragmenting sharded collections, see
|
|
\fBDefragment Sharded Collections\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBdisableResumableRangeDeleter\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set on a shard\(aqs primary, specifies if range deletion is paused on
|
|
the shard. If set to \fBtrue\f1, cleanup of \fBranges\f1
|
|
containing \fBorphaned documents\f1 is paused.
|
|
The shard can continue to donate chunks to other shards, but the
|
|
donated documents will not be removed from this shard until you set
|
|
this parameter to \fBfalse\f1\&. This shard can continue to receive
|
|
chunks from other shards as long as it does not have a pending range
|
|
deletion task in the \fBconfig.rangeDeletions\f1\f1 collection that
|
|
overlaps with the incoming chunk\(aqs range.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When \fBdisableResumableRangeDeleter\f1\f1 is \fBtrue\f1, chunk
|
|
migrations fail if \fBorphaned documents\f1
|
|
exist on the recipient shard\(aqs primary in the same range as the
|
|
incoming chunks.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter has no effect on the \fBmongod\f1\f1 if it is not
|
|
the shard\(aqs primary.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you set \fBdisableResumableRangeDeleter\f1\f1 parameter to
|
|
\fBtrue\f1, ensure that you apply it consistently for all members in
|
|
the shard\(aqs replica set. In the event of a failover, this
|
|
setting\(aqs value on the new primary dictates the behavior of the
|
|
range deleter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter disableResumableRangeDeleter=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenableShardedIndexConsistencyCheck\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set on the config server\(aqs primary, enables or disables the index
|
|
consistency check for sharded collections. The parameter has no
|
|
effect on the \fBmongod\f1\f1 if it is not the config server\(aqs
|
|
primary.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBenableShardedIndexConsistencyCheck\f1\f1 to \fBfalse\f1 for a
|
|
config server primary:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter enableShardedIndexConsistencyCheck=false
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, enableShardedIndexConsistencyCheck: false } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBshardedIndexConsistencyCheckIntervalMS\f1\f1 parameter
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBshardedIndexConsistency\f1\f1 metrics returned by the
|
|
\fBserverStatus\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBopportunisticSecondaryTargeting\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBfalse\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Determines whether \fBmongos\f1 performs opportunistic reads against
|
|
replica sets.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When this parameter is set to \fBtrue\f1, \fBmongos\f1\f1 directs secondary
|
|
reads to secondaries with active connections. It sends the request to the
|
|
first secondary that accepts the connection. When this parameter is set to
|
|
\fBfalse\f1, \fBmongos\f1\f1 holds secondary reads until it can establish
|
|
a connection to a specific secondary, (except in the case of
|
|
\fBhedged reads\f1).
|
|
.PP
|
|
Under certain workloads, opportunistic reads may trigger the
|
|
opening of unnecessary connections from \fBmongos\f1\f1 to
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 and reduce overall performance.
|
|
This parameter should not be enabled unless your application has
|
|
a specific need for the feature.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set \fBopportunisticSecondaryTargeting\f1 during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter opportunisticSecondaryTargeting=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBshardedIndexConsistencyCheckIntervalMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 600000
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set on the config server\(aqs primary, the interval, in
|
|
milliseconds, at which the config server\(aqs primary checks the index
|
|
consistency of sharded collections. The parameter has no effect on
|
|
the \fBmongod\f1\f1 if it is not the config server\(aqs primary.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the interval at 300000 milliseconds
|
|
(5 minutes) at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter shardedIndexConsistencyCheckIntervalMS=300000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBenableShardedIndexConsistencyCheck\f1\f1 parameter
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBshardedIndexConsistency\f1\f1 metrics returned by the
|
|
\fBserverStatus\f1\f1 commandq
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBenableFinerGrainedCatalogCacheRefresh\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter allows the catalog cache to be refreshed only if the
|
|
shard needs to be refreshed. If disabled, any stale chunk will cause
|
|
the entire chunk distribution for a collection to be considered stale
|
|
and force all \fBrouters\f1 who
|
|
contact the shard to refresh their shard catalog cache.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter enableFinerGrainedCatalogCacheRefresh=true
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter enableFinerGrainedCatalogCacheRefresh=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBSharding\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBshardingStatistics.catalogCache\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxTimeMSForHedgedReads\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 8.0, hedged reads are deprecated. Queries that
|
|
specify the read preference \fBnearest\f1\f1 no longer use hedged
|
|
reads by default. If you explicitly specify a hedged read, MongoDB
|
|
performs a hedged read and logs a warning.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 150
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the maximum time limit (in milliseconds) for the
|
|
\fBhedged read\f1\&. That is, the additional
|
|
read sent to hedge the read operation uses the \fBmaxTimeMS\f1 value
|
|
of \fBmaxTimeMSForHedgedReads\f1\f1 while the read operation
|
|
that is being hedged uses the \fBmaxTimeMS\f1 value specified for the
|
|
operation.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the limit to 200 milliseconds, you can issue the
|
|
following during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter maxTimeMSForHedgedReads=200
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, maxTimeMSForHedgedReads: 200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBreadHedgingMode\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBHedged Reads\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxCatchUpPercentageBeforeBlockingWrites\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
For \fBmoveChunk\f1\f1 and \fBmoveRange\f1\f1 operations,
|
|
specifies the maximum percentage of untrasferred data allowed by the
|
|
migration protocol (expressed in percentage of the total chunk size)
|
|
to transition from the \fBcatchup\f1 phase to the \fBcommit\f1 phase.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Setting a higher catchup percentage can decrease the amount of time
|
|
it takes for the migration to complete at the cost of increased
|
|
latency during concurrent \fBupsert\f1\f1
|
|
and \fBdelete\f1\f1 operations.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.1 (and 7.0.1), you can set the parameter during
|
|
runtime.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the maximum percentage to 20, you can issue the
|
|
following during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter maxCatchUpPercentageBeforeBlockingWrites=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.1 (and 7.0.1), you can
|
|
set the parameter during runtime with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, maxCatchUpPercentageBeforeBlockingWrites: 20} )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Live Migration Protocol (https://github.com/mongodb/mongo/blob/master/src/mongo/db/s/README.md#the\-live\-migration\-protocol)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmetadataRefreshInTransactionMaxWaitBehindCritSecMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 500
|
|
.PP
|
|
Limits the time a shard waits for a critical section within a
|
|
transaction.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When a query accesses a shard, a \fBchunk migration\f1 or \fBDDL operation\f1 may already hold the critical
|
|
section for the collection. If the query finds the critical
|
|
section is taken, the shard waits until the critical section has
|
|
been released. When the shard returns control to \fBmongos\f1\f1,
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 retries the query. However, if a multi\-shard
|
|
transaction interacts with an operation that takes the critical
|
|
section on multiple shards, the interaction can result in a
|
|
distributed deadlock.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmetadataRefreshInTransactionMaxWaitBehindCritSecMS\f1\f1
|
|
limits the maximum time a shard waits within a transaction for the
|
|
critical section to be released.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To reduce the maximum wait time for the critical section within a
|
|
transaction, lower the value of
|
|
\fBmetadataRefreshInTransactionMaxWaitBehindCritSecMS\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBmetadataRefreshInTransactionMaxWaitBehindCritSecMS\f1\f1
|
|
is too low, \fBmongos\f1\f1 could use all of its retry attempts
|
|
and return an error.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set \fBmetadataRefreshInTransactionMaxWaitBehindCritSecMS\f1\f1
|
|
to 400 milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, metadataRefreshInTransactionMaxWaitBehindCritSecMS: 400 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 10
|
|
.PP
|
|
Interval that a sampler (\fBmongos\f1 or \fBmongod\f1) refreshes its
|
|
query analyzer sample rates.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The sample rate configured by the \fBconfigureQueryAnalyzer\f1
|
|
command is divided among \fBmongos\f1 instances in the sharded cluster
|
|
or \fBmongod\f1 instances in the replica set based on the traffic going
|
|
through them. To make the sample rate assignment for a \fBmongos\f1 or
|
|
\fBmongod\f1 more responsive to the traffic going through it, decrease
|
|
this value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
We recommend using the default value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0.1, you can set
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs\f1 during run time.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBqueryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs\f1 to
|
|
60 seconds at startup on a \fBmongod\f1 instance:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter queryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs=60
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBqueryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs\f1 to
|
|
60 seconds at startup on a \fBmongos\f1 instance:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter queryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs=60
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To set the value to 30 seconds, run the following:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, queryAnalysisSamplerConfigurationRefreshSecs: 30 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisWriterIntervalSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 90
|
|
.PP
|
|
Interval that sampled queries are written to disk, in seconds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0.1, you can set
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisWriterIntervalSecs\f1 during run time.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBqueryAnalysisWriterIntervalSecs\f1 to
|
|
60 seconds at startup on a \fBmongod\f1 instance:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter queryAnalysisWriterIntervalSecs=60
|
|
To set the value to 60 seconds, run the following:
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, queryAnalysisWriterIntervalSecs: 60 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisWriterMaxMemoryUsageBytes\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 100 * 1024 * 1024
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum amount of memory in bytes that the query sampling writer is
|
|
allowed to use. Once the limit is reached, all new queries and diffs
|
|
are discarded from sampling until the buffer is flushed. Must be
|
|
greater than \fB0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBqueryAnalysisWriterMaxMemoryUsageBytes\f1 to
|
|
\fB10000000\f1 at startup on a \fBmongod\f1 instance:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter queryAnalysisWriterMaxMemoryUsageBytes=10000000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisWriterMaxBatchSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 100000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum number of sampled queries to write to disk at once. Must be
|
|
greater than \fB0\f1 and less than or equal to \fB100000\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBqueryAnalysisWriterMaxBatchSize\f1 to
|
|
\fB1000\f1 at startup on a \fBmongod\f1 instance:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter queryAnalysisWriterMaxBatchSize=1000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, queryAnalysisWriterMaxBatchSize: 1000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBqueryAnalysisSampleExpirationSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 7 * 24 * 3600
|
|
.PP
|
|
Amount of time that a sampled query document exists before
|
|
being removed by the TTL monitor, in seconds. Must be greater
|
|
than \fB0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This example sets \fBqueryAnalysisSampleExpirationSecs\f1 to
|
|
\fB691200\f1 (\fB8 * 24 * 3600\f1) at startup on a \fBmongod\f1 instance:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter queryAnalysisSampleExpirationSecs=691200
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, queryAnalysisSampleExpirationSecs: 691200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBreadHedgingMode\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: string
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: on
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies whether \fBmongos\f1\f1 supports hedged reads for
|
|
those read operations whose \fBread preference\f1 have enabled the hedged read option.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Value
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBon\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance supports hedged reads for
|
|
read operations whose \fBread preference\f1 have enabled the hedged read option.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBoff\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance does not support hedged
|
|
reads. That is, hedged reads are unavailable, even for read
|
|
operations whose read preference have enabled the hedged read
|
|
option.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to turn off hedged read support for a
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 instance, you can issue the following during
|
|
startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter readHedgingMode=off
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, readHedgingMode: "off" } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBHedged Reads\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBmaxTimeMSForHedgedReads\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBroutingTableCacheChunkBucketSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 500
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the size of the routing table cache buckets used to
|
|
implement chunk grouping optimization. Must be greater than \fB0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the cache chunk bucket size to \fB250\f1 on a
|
|
\fBmongod\f1, issue the following command at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter routingTableCacheChunkBucketSize=250
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBshutdownTimeoutMillisForSignaledShutdown\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 15000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the time (in milliseconds) to wait for any ongoing database
|
|
operations to complete before initiating a shutdown of
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 in response to a \fBSIGTERM\f1 signal.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the time to 250 milliseconds, you can issue the
|
|
following during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter shutdownTimeoutMillisForSignaledShutdown=250
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, shutdownTimeoutMillisForSignaledShutdown: 250 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmongosShutdownTimeoutMillisForSignaledShutdown\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 15000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the time (in milliseconds) to wait for any ongoing database
|
|
operations to complete before initiating a shutdown of
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 in response to a \fBSIGTERM\f1 signal.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the time to 250 milliseconds, you can issue the
|
|
following during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter mongosShutdownTimeoutMillisForSignaledShutdown=250
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, mongosShutdownTimeoutMillisForSignaledShutdown: 250 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 300000 (5 minutes)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum time that \fBmongos\f1\f1 goes without communication to a
|
|
host before \fBmongos\f1\f1 drops all connections to the host.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set, \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS\f1\f1 should be
|
|
greater than the sum of
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1\f1 and
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1\f1\&. Otherwise,
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 adjusts the value of
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS\f1\f1 to be greater than the
|
|
sum.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS\f1\f1 to \fB120000\f1
|
|
during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS=120000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS: 120000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxConnecting\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 2
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum number of simultaneous initiating connections (including
|
|
pending connections in setup/refresh state) each TaskExecutor
|
|
connection pool can have to a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance. You can
|
|
set this parameter to control the rate at which \fBmongos\f1\f1
|
|
adds connections to a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set, \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxConnecting\f1\f1 should be
|
|
less than or equal to \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1\&.
|
|
If it is greater, \fBmongos\f1\f1 ignores the
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxConnecting\f1\f1 value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxConnecting\f1\f1 to \fB20\f1
|
|
during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxConnecting=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxConnecting: 20 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 2 64 \- 1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum number of outbound connections each TaskExecutor connection
|
|
pool can open to any given \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance. The maximum
|
|
possible connections to any given host across all TaskExecutor pools
|
|
is:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize * taskExecutorPoolSize
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1 to \fB20\f1
|
|
during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize: 20 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 can have up to \fBn\f1 TaskExecutor connection
|
|
pools, where \fBn\f1 is the number of cores. See
|
|
\fBtaskExecutorPoolSize\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSizeForConfigServers\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: \-1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Optional override for \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1 to set the maximum number
|
|
of outbound connections each TaskExecutor connection pool can open to a
|
|
\fBconfiguration server\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When set to:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB\-1\f1, \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1 is used. This is the default.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
an integer value greater than \fB\-1\f1, overrides the
|
|
maximum number of outbound connections each TaskExecutor
|
|
connection pool can open to a configuration server.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parameter only applies to sharded deployments.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1 to \fB2\f1 during startup, which
|
|
sets the maximum number of outbound connections each
|
|
TaskExecutor connection pool can open to a configuration server to
|
|
\fB2\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSizeForConfigServers=2
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSizeForConfigServers: 2 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Minimum number of outbound connections each TaskExecutor connection
|
|
pool can open to any given \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1 connections are created the
|
|
first time a connection to a new host is requested from the pool.
|
|
While the pool is idle, the pool maintains this number of
|
|
connections until \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolHostTimeoutMS\f1\f1
|
|
milliseconds pass without any application using that pool.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For a \fBmongos\f1\f1 using the
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartup\f1\f1
|
|
parameter, the \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1 parameter also
|
|
controls how many connections to each shard host are established on
|
|
startup of the \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance before it begins
|
|
accepting incoming client connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1 to \fB2\f1
|
|
during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize=2
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize: 2 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 can have up to \fBn\f1 TaskExecutor connection
|
|
pools, where \fBn\f1 is the number of cores. See
|
|
\fBtaskExecutorPoolSize\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartup\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSizeForConfigServers\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: \-1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Optional override for \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1 to set the minimum number
|
|
of outbound connections each TaskExecutor connection pool can open to a
|
|
\fBconfiguration server\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When set to:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB\-1\f1, \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1 is used. This is the default.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
an integer value greater than \fB\-1\f1, overrides the
|
|
minimum number of outbound connections each TaskExecutor
|
|
connection pool can open to a configuration server.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parameter only applies to sharded deployments.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1 to \fB2\f1 during startup, which
|
|
sets the minimum number of outbound connections each
|
|
TaskExecutor connection pool can open to a configuration server to
|
|
\fB2\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSizeForConfigServers=2
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSizeForConfigServers: 2 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 60000 (1 minute)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum time the \fBmongos\f1\f1 waits before attempting to
|
|
heartbeat an idle connection in the pool. An idle connection may be
|
|
discarded during the refresh if the pool is above its
|
|
\fBminimum size\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set, \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1\f1 should be
|
|
greater than \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1\f1\&.
|
|
Otherwise, \fBmongos\f1\f1 adjusts the value of
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1\f1 to be less than
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1\f1 to
|
|
\fB90000\f1 during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS=90000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS: 90000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 20000 (20 seconds)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Maximum time the \fBmongos\f1\f1 waits for a heartbeat before
|
|
timing out the heartbeat.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If set, \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1\f1 should be
|
|
less than \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1\f1\&.
|
|
Otherwise, \fBmongos\f1\f1 adjusts the value of
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1\f1 to be less than
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshRequirementMS\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS\f1\f1 to
|
|
\fB30000\f1 during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS=30000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolRefreshTimeoutMS: 30000 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolReplicaSetMatching\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: string
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: "automatic"
|
|
.PP
|
|
On a \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance, this parameter sets the policy
|
|
that determines the minimum size limit of its connection pools to
|
|
nodes within replica sets.
|
|
.PP
|
|
On a \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance, this parameter sets the policy
|
|
that determines the minimum size limit of its connection pools to
|
|
nodes within \fIother\f1 replica sets.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Note that this parameter only manages connections for operations that
|
|
are directly related to user requests and CRUD operations.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Matching Policy
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fB"automatic"\f1 (Default)
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Starting in 5.0, \fB"automatic"\f1 is the new default value.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When set for a \fBmongos\f1\f1, the instance follows the
|
|
behavior specified for the \fB"matchPrimaryNode"\f1 option.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When set for a \fBmongod\f1\f1, the instance follows the
|
|
behavior specified for the \fB"disabled"\f1 option.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolReplicaSetMatching\f1\f1 is
|
|
set to \fB"automatic"\f1, the
|
|
\fBreplicaSetMatchingStrategy\f1\f1 still
|
|
describes the actual policy being used, not
|
|
\fB"automatic"\f1\&. To find the value of the
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolReplicaSetMatching\f1\f1,
|
|
use \fBgetParameter\f1\f1 which returns the value of
|
|
the server parameter.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fB"matchPrimaryNode"\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
When set for a \fBmongos\f1\f1, the minimum size limit
|
|
of the instance\(aqs connection pool to each secondary of a
|
|
replica set in the sharded cluster (specifically, shard
|
|
replica set and config servers) is equal to the size of its
|
|
connection pool to that replica set\(aqs primary.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When set for a \fBmongod\f1\f1, the minimum size limit
|
|
of the instance\(aqs connection pool to each secondary of
|
|
another replica set in the sharded cluster (specifically,
|
|
shard replica set and config servers) is equal to the size of
|
|
its connection pool to that replica set\(aqs primary.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If multiple shard servers in your topology can experience a
|
|
rapid influx of cross\-shard operations, do not set this
|
|
option on your \fBmongod\f1\f1 instances.
|
|
.IP
|
|
In case of a primary stepdown, \fBmatchPrimaryNode\f1 ensures
|
|
that any secondary that becomes the primary can handle the
|
|
current level of primary reads and writes.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fB"matchBusiestNode"\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
When set for a \fBmongos\f1\f1, the instance\(aqs minimum
|
|
size limit of the connection pool to each member of a replica
|
|
set in the sharded cluster (specifically, shard replica set
|
|
and config servers) is equal to the largest among the active
|
|
connection counts to the primary and each secondary member of
|
|
that replica set.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When set for a \fBmongod\f1\f1, the instance\(aqs minimum
|
|
size limit of the connection pool to each member of another
|
|
replica set in the sharded cluster (specifically, shard
|
|
replica set and config servers) is equal to the largest among
|
|
the active connection counts to the primary and each
|
|
secondary member of that replica set.
|
|
.IP
|
|
With \fB"matchBusiestNode"\f1, \fBmongos\f1\f1 maintains
|
|
enough connections to each secondary to handle the current
|
|
level of primary and secondary reads and writes. The number
|
|
of connections to maintain in the pool decreases as the
|
|
number of active connections decreases.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fB"disabled"\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
When set for a \fBmongos\f1\f1, the instance\(aqs minimum
|
|
number of connections in the instance\(aqs connection pool to
|
|
each node of a replica set in the sharded clusterv
|
|
(specifically, shard replica set and config servers) is equal
|
|
to the \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When set for a \fBmongod\f1\f1, the instance\(aqs minimum
|
|
number of connections in the instance\(aqs connection pool to
|
|
each node of another replica set in the sharded cluster
|
|
(specifically, shard replica set and config servers) is equal
|
|
to the \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets the
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolReplicaSetMatching\f1\f1 to
|
|
\fB"automatic"\f1 during startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter ShardingTaskExecutorPoolReplicaSetMatching="automatic"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, ShardingTaskExecutorPoolReplicaSetMatching: "automatic" } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtaskExecutorPoolSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 1
|
|
.PP
|
|
The number of Task Executor connection pools to use for a given
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the parameter value is \fB0\f1 or less, the number of Task Executor
|
|
connection pools is the number of cores with the following
|
|
exceptions:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If the number of cores is less than 4, the number of Task Executor
|
|
connection pools is 4.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
If the number of cores is greater than 64, the number of Task
|
|
Executor connection pools is 64.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
When running MongoDB 6.2 or newer on Linux, you cannot modify the
|
|
\fBtaskExecutorPoolSize\f1\f1 from the default value of \fB1\f1\&.
|
|
You may modify this parameter when running MongoDB on Windows or macOS.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default value of \fBtaskExecutorPoolSize\f1\f1 is \fB1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter taskExecutorPoolSize=6
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMaxSize\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBloadRoutingTableOnStartup\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Configures a \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance to preload the routing
|
|
table for a sharded cluster on startup. With this setting
|
|
enabled, the \fBmongos\f1\f1 caches the cluster\-wide routing
|
|
table for each sharded collection as part of its startup procedure,
|
|
before it begins accepting client connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Without this setting enabled, the \fBmongos\f1\f1 only loads
|
|
a routing table as needed for incoming client connections, and only
|
|
loads the specific routing table for the namespace of a given
|
|
request.
|
|
.PP
|
|
A \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance with the
|
|
\fBloadRoutingTableOnStartup\f1\f1 parameter enabled may
|
|
experience longer startup times, but will result in faster servicing
|
|
of initial client connections once started.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBloadRoutingTableOnStartup\f1\f1 is enabled by default.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartup\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: true
|
|
.PP
|
|
Configures a \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance to prewarm its connection
|
|
pool on startup. With this parameter enabled, the
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 attempts to establish
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1 network
|
|
connections to each shard server as part of its startup procedure,
|
|
before it begins accepting client connections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
A timeout for this behavior can be configured with the
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartupWaitMS\f1\f1
|
|
parameter. If this timeout is reached, the \fBmongos\f1\f1 will
|
|
begin accepting client connections regardless of the size of its
|
|
connection pool.
|
|
.PP
|
|
A \fBmongos\f1\f1 instance with this parameter enabled may
|
|
experience longer startup times, but will result in faster servicing
|
|
of initial client connections once started.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartup\f1\f1 is
|
|
enabled by default.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartupWaitMS\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartupWaitMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 2000 (2 seconds)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the timeout threshold in milliseconds for a
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1 to wait for \fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1
|
|
connections to be established per shard host when using the
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartup\f1\f1
|
|
parameter. If this timeout is reached, the \fBmongos\f1\f1 will
|
|
begin accepting client connections regardless of the size of its
|
|
connection pool.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBwarmMinConnectionsInShardingTaskExecutorPoolOnStartup\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBShardingTaskExecutorPoolMinSize\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmigrateCloneInsertionBatchDelayMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: Non\-negative integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
Time in milliseconds to wait between batches of insertions during
|
|
cloning step of the migration process. This wait is in addition to
|
|
the \fBsecondaryThrottle\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default value of \fB0\f1 indicates no additional wait.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following sets the \fBmigrateCloneInsertionBatchDelayMS\f1\f1 to 200
|
|
milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter migrateCloneInsertionBatchDelayMS=200
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter may also be set using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1
|
|
command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, migrateCloneInsertionBatchDelayMS: 200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmigrateCloneInsertionBatchSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: Non\-negative integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 0
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of documents to insert in a single batch during
|
|
the cloning step of the migration process.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default value of \fB0\f1 indicates no maximum number of documents
|
|
per batch. However, in practice, this results in batches that
|
|
contain up to 16 MB of documents.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following sets the \fBmigrateCloneInsertionBatchSize\f1\f1 to 100
|
|
documents:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter migrateCloneInsertionBatchSize=100
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter may also be set using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1
|
|
command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, migrateCloneInsertionBatchSize: 100 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBorphanCleanupDelaySecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 900 (15 minutes)
|
|
.PP
|
|
Minimum delay before a migrated \fBchunk\f1 is deleted from the source
|
|
shard.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Before deleting the chunk during chunk migration, MongoDB waits for
|
|
\fBorphanCleanupDelaySecs\f1\f1 or for in\-progress queries
|
|
involving the chunk to complete on the shard primary, whichever is
|
|
longer.
|
|
.PP
|
|
However, because the shard primary has no knowledge of in\-progress queries
|
|
run on the shard secondaries, queries that use the chunk but are run on
|
|
secondaries may see documents disappear if these queries take longer than
|
|
the time to complete the shard primary queries and the
|
|
\fBorphanCleanupDelaySecs\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This behavior only affects in\-progress queries that start before the
|
|
chunk migration. Queries that start after the chunk migration starts
|
|
will not use the migrating chunk.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If a shard has storage constraints, consider reducing this value
|
|
temporarily. If running queries that exceed 15 minutes on shard
|
|
secondaries, consider increasing this value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following sets the \fBorphanCleanupDelaySecs\f1\f1 to 20 minutes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter orphanCleanupDelaySecs=1200
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This may also be set using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, orphanCleanupDelaySecs: 1200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
In all versions, the new value of \fBorphanCleanupDelaySecs\f1\f1 is
|
|
only applied to range deletions created after the value is changed. To
|
|
apply the new value to existing range deletions, \fBforce a step down\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBpersistedChunkCacheUpdateMaxBatchSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: Integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 1000
|
|
.PP
|
|
To route and serve operations, shards must know the routing and
|
|
ownership information associated with their collections. This
|
|
information propogates from a shard\(aqs primary node to its
|
|
secondary nodes through the replication of the internal cache
|
|
collections \fBconfig.cache.collections\f1 and
|
|
\fBconfig.cache.chunks.<collectionName>\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
In previous versions, updates on the chunk cache collection were
|
|
performed individually (meaning that an entry was deleted and a new
|
|
entry was inserted). Starting in MongoDB 7.2, these updates are
|
|
performed as a batch of deletions followed by a batch of insertions.
|
|
The updated logic improves performance for collections that contain a
|
|
large number of chunks.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fBpersistedChunkCacheUpdateMaxBatchSize\f1 parameter specifies the
|
|
maximum batch size used for updating the persisted chunk cache.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBpersistedChunkCacheUpdateMaxBatchSize\f1
|
|
to 700 at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter persistedChunkCacheUpdateMaxBatchSize=700
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set \fBpersistedChunkCacheUpdateMaxBatchSize\f1 during
|
|
runtime:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, persistedChunkCacheUpdateMaxBatchSize: 700 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBrangeDeleterBatchDelayMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: Non\-negative integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 20
|
|
.PP
|
|
The amount of time in milliseconds to wait before the next batch of
|
|
deletion during the cleanup stage of \fBrange migration\f1 (or the \fBcleanupOrphaned\f1\f1
|
|
command).
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fB_secondaryThrottle replication delay\f1 occurs after each batch deletion.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following sets the \fBrangeDeleterBatchDelayMS\f1\f1 to 200
|
|
milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter rangeDeleterBatchDelayMS=200
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter may also be set using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1
|
|
command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, rangeDeleterBatchDelayMS: 200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
In versions prior to 6.0.3, the new value of \fBrangeDeleterBatchDelayMS\f1\f1 is
|
|
only applied to range deletions created after the value is changed. To
|
|
apply the new value to existing range deletions, \fBforce a step down\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
From 6.0.3 on, the new value of the parameter is applied to all the range deletions processed
|
|
after the update, regardless of when the range deletion was created.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBrangeDeleterBatchSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: Non\-negative integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 2147483647 starting in MongoDB 5.1.2 and 5.0.6
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum number of documents in each batch to delete during the
|
|
cleanup stage of \fBrange migration\f1
|
|
(or the \fBcleanupOrphaned\f1\f1 command).
|
|
.PP
|
|
A value of \fB0\f1 indicates that the system chooses the default value.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBrangeDeleterBatchSize\f1\f1 to 32
|
|
documents:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter rangeDeleterBatchSize=32
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter may also be set using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1
|
|
command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, rangeDeleterBatchSize: 32 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
In versions prior to 6.0.3, the new value of \fBrangeDeleterBatchSize\f1\f1 is
|
|
only applied to range deletions created after the value is changed. To
|
|
apply the new value to existing range deletions, \fBforce a step down\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
From 6.0.3 on, the new value of the parameter is applied to all the range deletions processed
|
|
after the update, regardless of when the range deletion was created.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBrangeDeleterHighPriority\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
When \fBtrue\f1, prioritizes cleanup of \fBorphaned documents\f1 over user operations. By default, this is set to
|
|
\fBfalse\f1 to prioritize user operations over cleanup of orphaned
|
|
documents.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBrangeDeleterHighPriority\f1\f1 to
|
|
\fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter rangeDeleterHighPriority=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter may also be set using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1
|
|
command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, rangeDeleterBatchSize: true } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBskipShardingConfigurationChecks\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
When \fBtrue\f1, allows for starting a shard member or config server
|
|
member as a standalone for maintenance operations. This parameter is
|
|
mutually exclusive with the \fB\-\-configsvr\f1\f1 or \fB\-\-shardsvr\f1\f1 options.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter skipShardingConfigurationChecks=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Once maintenance has completed, remove the
|
|
\fBskipShardingConfigurationChecks\f1\f1 parameter when
|
|
restarting the \fBmongod\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBfindChunksOnConfigTimeoutMS\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Type: Non\-negative integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Default: 900000
|
|
.PP
|
|
The timeout in milliseconds for find operations on
|
|
\fBchunks\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If there is a large number of chunks in the cluster and chunk loading
|
|
fails with the error \fBExceededTimeLimit\f1, increase the parameter
|
|
value:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter findChunksOnConfigTimeoutMS=1000000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS HEALTH MANAGER PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBactiveFaultDurationSecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: Document
|
|
.PP
|
|
The amount of time to wait from a \fBHealth Managers Overview\f1 failure until the
|
|
\fBmongos\f1 is removed from the cluster, in seconds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When a failure is detected and a Health Manager is configured as
|
|
\fBcritical\f1, the server waits for the specified interval
|
|
before removing the \fBmongos\f1 from the cluster.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the duration from failure to crash to five
|
|
minutes, issue the following at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter activeFaultDurationSecs=300
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand(
|
|
{
|
|
setParameter: 1,
|
|
activeFaultDurationSecs: 300
|
|
}
|
|
)
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parameters set with \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 do not persist across
|
|
restarts. See the \fBsetParameter page\f1 for details.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To make this setting persistent, set \fBactiveFaultDurationSecs\f1
|
|
in your \fBmongos config file\f1 using the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 option as in the following example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
activeFaultDurationSecs: 300
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhealthMonitoringIntensities\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: Array of documents
|
|
.PP
|
|
Use this parameter to set intensity levels for Health Managers\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhealthMonitoringIntensities\f1 accepts an array of documents,
|
|
\fBvalues\f1\&. Each document in \fBvalues\f1 takes two fields:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtype\f1, the Health Manager facet
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBintensity\f1, the intensity level
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS HEALTH MANAGERS
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Facet
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
What the Health Observer Checks
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBconfigServer\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Cluster health issues related to connectivity to the config server.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBdns\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Cluster health issues related to DNS availability and functionality.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBldap\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Cluster health issues related to LDAP availability and functionality.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS INTENSITY LEVELS
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Intensity Level
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBcritical\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The Health Manager on this facet is enabled and has the ability to move the
|
|
failing \fBmongos\f1 out of the cluster if an error
|
|
occurs. The Health Manager waits the amount of time specified by
|
|
\fBactiveFaultDurationSecs\f1\f1 before stopping and moving
|
|
the \fBmongos\f1 out of the cluster automatically.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBnon\-critical\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The Health Manager on this facet is enabled and logs
|
|
errors, but the \fBmongos\f1 remains in the cluster if
|
|
errors are encountered.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBoff\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The Health Manager on this facet is disabled. The \fBmongos\f1 does not perform any health checks on this facet. This
|
|
is the default intensity level.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBdns\f1 Health Manager facet to the
|
|
\fBcritical\f1 intensity level, issue the following at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter \(aqhealthMonitoringIntensities={ values:[ { type:"dns", intensity: "critical"} ] }\(aq
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand(
|
|
{
|
|
setParameter: 1,
|
|
healthMonitoringIntensities: { values: [ { type: "dns", intensity: "critical" } ] } } )
|
|
}
|
|
)
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parameters set with \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 do not persist across
|
|
restarts. See the \fBsetParameter page\f1 for details.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To make this setting persistent, set \fBhealthMonitoringIntensities\f1
|
|
in your \fBmongos config file\f1 using the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 option as in the following example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
healthMonitoringIntensities: "{ values:[ { type:\"dns\", intensity: \"critical\"} ] }"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhealthMonitoringIntervals\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: Array of documents
|
|
.PP
|
|
How often this Health Manager will run, in milliseconds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhealthMonitoringIntervals\f1 accepts an array of documents,
|
|
\fBvalues\f1\&. Each document in \fBvalues\f1 takes two fields:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBtype\f1, the Health Manager facet
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBinterval\f1, the time interval it runs at, in milliseconds
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS HEALTH MANAGERS
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Facet
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
What the Health Observer Checks
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBconfigServer\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Cluster health issues related to connectivity to the config server.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBdns\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Cluster health issues related to DNS availability and functionality.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBldap\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Cluster health issues related to LDAP availability and functionality.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, to set the \fBldap\f1 Health Manager facet to the
|
|
run health checks every 30 seconds, issue the following at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter \(aqhealthMonitoringIntervals={ values:[ { type:"ldap", interval: "30000"} ] }\(aq
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand(
|
|
{
|
|
setParameter: 1,
|
|
healthMonitoringIntervals: { values: [ { type: "ldap", interval: "30000" } ] } } )
|
|
}
|
|
)
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parameters set with \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 do not persist across
|
|
restarts. See the \fBsetParameter page\f1 for details.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To make this setting persistent, set \fBhealthMonitoringIntervals\f1
|
|
in your \fBmongos config file\f1 using the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 option as in the following example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
healthMonitoringIntervals: "{ values: [{type: \"ldap\", interval: 200}] }"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBprogressMonitor\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongos\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: Document
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBProgress Monitor\f1 runs tests
|
|
to ensure that Health Manager checks do not become stuck or
|
|
unresponsive. Progress Monitor runs these tests in intervals specified
|
|
by \fBinterval\f1\&. If a health check begins but does not complete within
|
|
the timeout given by \fBdeadline\f1, Progress Monitor stops the
|
|
\fBmongos\f1 and removes it from the cluster.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS PROGRESSMONITOR FIELDS
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Field
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Units
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBinterval\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
How often to ensure Health Managers are not stuck or unresponsive.
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Milliseconds
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBdeadline\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Timeout before automatically failing the \fBmongos\f1
|
|
if a Health Manager check is not making progress.
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Seconds
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To set the \fBinterval\f1 to 1000 milliseconds and the \fBdeadline\f1
|
|
to 300 seconds, issue the following at startup:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongos \-\-setParameter \(aqprogressMonitor={"interval": 1000, "deadline": 300}\(aq
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Or if using the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command in a
|
|
\fBmongosh\f1\f1 session that is connected to a running
|
|
\fBmongos\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand(
|
|
{
|
|
setParameter: 1,
|
|
progressMonitor: { interval: 1000, deadline: 300 } )
|
|
}
|
|
)
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Parameters set with \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 do not persist across
|
|
restarts. See the \fBsetParameter page\f1 for details.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To make this setting persistent, set \fBprogressMonitor\f1
|
|
in your \fBmongos config file\f1 using the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 option as in the following example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
setParameter:
|
|
progressMonitor: "{ interval: 1000, deadline: 300 }"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS STORAGE PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhonorSystemUmask\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fBfalse\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is set to \fBtrue\f1, new files
|
|
created by MongoDB have permissions in accordance with the
|
|
user\(aqs \fBumask\f1 settings. You cannot set \fBprocessUmask\f1\f1
|
|
if \fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is set to \fBtrue\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is set to \fBfalse\f1, new files
|
|
created by MongoDB have permissions set to \fB600\f1, which gives
|
|
read and write permissions only to the owner. New directories have
|
|
permissions set to \fB700\f1\&. You can use \fBprocessUmask\f1\f1
|
|
to override the default permissions for groups and other users on
|
|
all new files created by MongoDB.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter honorSystemUmask=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is not available on Windows systems.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBjournalCommitInterval\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify an integer between \fB1\f1 and \fB500\f1 signifying the number
|
|
of milliseconds (ms) between journal commits.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example which sets the
|
|
\fBjournalCommitInterval\f1\f1 to \fB200\f1 ms:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, journalCommitInterval: 200 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBstorage.journal.commitIntervalMs\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBminSnapshotHistoryWindowInSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: \fB300\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum time window in seconds for which the storage engine keeps
|
|
the snapshot history. If you query data using read concern
|
|
\fB"snapshot"\f1\f1 and specify an
|
|
\fBatClusterTime\f1 value older than the specified
|
|
\fBminSnapshotHistoryWindowInSeconds\f1, \fBmongod\f1\f1 returns
|
|
a \fBSnapshotTooOld\f1 error.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify an integer greater than or equal to (\fB>=\f1) 0.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example which sets the
|
|
\fBminSnapshotHistoryWindowInSeconds\f1 to \fB600\f1 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, minSnapshotHistoryWindowInSeconds: 600 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Increasing the value of
|
|
\fBminSnapshotHistoryWindowInSeconds\f1\f1 increases disk
|
|
usage. For more information, see \fBSnapshot History Retention\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To modify this value for a MongoDB Atlas (https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/) cluster, you
|
|
must contact Atlas Support (https://www.mongodb.com/docs/atlas/support/)\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBprocessUmask\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Overrides the default permissions used for groups and other users
|
|
when \fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is set to \fBfalse\f1\&. By default,
|
|
when \fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is set to \fBfalse\f1, new files
|
|
created by MongoDB have permissions set to \fB600\f1\&. Use the
|
|
\fBprocessUmask\f1 parameter to override this default with a custom
|
|
\fBumask\f1 value. The file owner inherits permissions from the system
|
|
\fBumask\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You cannot set this parameter if \fBhonorSystemUmask\f1\f1 is set
|
|
to \fBtrue\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example, which sets the permissions for groups
|
|
and other users to read/write only and retains the system \fBumask\f1
|
|
settings for the owner:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter processUmask=011
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBprocessUmask\f1\f1 is not available on Windows systems.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBstorageEngineConcurrentReadTransactions\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 128
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, this parameter is available for all storage
|
|
engines. In earlier versions, this parameter is available for the
|
|
WiredTiger storage engine only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the maximum number of concurrent read transactions (read tickets)
|
|
allowed into the storage engine.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you use the default value, MongoDB dynamically adjusts the number of tickets
|
|
to optimize performance, with a highest possible value of 128.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, if you set \fBstorageEngineConcurrentReadTransactions\f1 to a non\-default value, it
|
|
disables an algorithm that dynamically adjusts the number of concurrent storage
|
|
engine transactions.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, storageEngineConcurrentReadTransactions: <int> } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fBwiredTigerConcurrentReadTransactions\f1 parameter was renamed to
|
|
\fBstorageEngineConcurrentReadTransactions\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTiger.concurrentTransactions\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBstorageEngineConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, this parameter is available for all storage
|
|
engines. In earlier versions, this parameter is available for the
|
|
WiredTiger storage engine only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the maximum number of concurrent write transactions allowed
|
|
into the WiredTiger storage engine.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, MongoDB sets \fBstorageEngineConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1 to
|
|
whichever value is higher:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Number of cores on the machine running MongoDB
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
4
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you use the default value, MongoDB dynamically adjusts the number of tickets
|
|
to optimize performance, with a highest possible value of 128.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, if you set \fBstorageEngineConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1 to a non\-default value, it
|
|
disables an algorithm that dynamically adjusts the number of concurrent storage
|
|
engine transactions.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, storageEngineConcurrentWriteTransactions: <int> } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fBwiredTigerConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1 parameter was renamed to
|
|
\fBstorageEngineConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTiger.concurrentTransactions\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBsyncdelay\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the interval in seconds when
|
|
\fBmongod\f1\f1 flushes its working memory to disk. By
|
|
default, \fBmongod\f1\f1 flushes memory to disk every 60
|
|
seconds. In almost every situation you should not set this value
|
|
and use the default setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following example which sets the \fBsyncdelay\f1 to
|
|
\fB60\f1 seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, syncdelay: 60 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To provide \fBdurable\f1 data, \fBWiredTiger\f1
|
|
uses \fBcheckpoints\f1\&. For more
|
|
details, see \fBJournaling and the WiredTiger Storage Engine\f1\&.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBjournalCommitInterval\f1\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fBstorage.syncPeriodSecs\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableBackoffBaseMs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the initial delay before retying a write operation that was
|
|
rolled back due to cache pressure.
|
|
.PP
|
|
In rare circumstances, a write can fail due to cache pressure. When
|
|
this happens MongoDB issues a \fBTemporarilyUnavailable\f1 error and
|
|
increments the \fBtemporarilyUnavailableErrors\f1 counter in two places:
|
|
the slow query log and the \fBFull Time Diagnostic Data Capture
|
|
(FTDC)\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Individual operations within multi\-document transactions never return
|
|
\fBTemporarilyUnavailable\f1 errors.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Adjust the write retry properties by modifying the
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableBackoffBaseMs\f1\f1 and
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableMaxRetries\f1\f1 parameters.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter accepts:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Value
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBinteger >= 0\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Defaults to 1 second. The initial delay between retries. The
|
|
value increases with each retry to a maximum of 55 seconds. A
|
|
larger value increases the chance that the cache pressure
|
|
will be reduced before the next retry.
|
|
.IP
|
|
To configure number of retries, use
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableMaxRetries\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To set a new value, use \fBdb.adminCommand()\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, temporarilyUnavailableBackoffBaseMs: 3 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableMaxRetries\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the maximum number of retries when a write operation is
|
|
rolled back due to cache pressure.
|
|
.PP
|
|
In rare circumstances, a write can fail due to cache pressure. When
|
|
this happens MongoDB issues a \fBTemporarilyUnavailable\f1 error and
|
|
increments the \fBtemporarilyUnavailableErrors\f1 counter in two places:
|
|
the slow query log and the \fBFull Time Diagnostic Data Capture
|
|
(FTDC)\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Individual operations within multi\-document transactions never return
|
|
\fBTemporarilyUnavailable\f1 errors.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Adjust the write retry properties by modifying the
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableBackoffBaseMs\f1\f1 and
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableMaxRetries\f1\f1 parameters.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The parameter accepts:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Value
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Description
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
\fBinteger >= 0\f1
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
Defaults to 10. The maximum number of retries.
|
|
.IP
|
|
There is an increasing delay between retries. To configure
|
|
the backoff time, use
|
|
\fBtemporarilyUnavailableBackoffBaseMs\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To set a new value, use \fBdb.adminCommand()\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, temporarilyUnavailableMaxRetries: 5 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS WIREDTIGER PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTigerConcurrentReadTransactions\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 128
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, this parameter is available for all storage
|
|
engines. In earlier versions, this parameter is available for the
|
|
WiredTiger storage engine only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the maximum number of concurrent read transactions (read tickets)
|
|
allowed into the storage engine.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you use the default value, MongoDB dynamically adjusts the number of tickets
|
|
to optimize performance, with a highest possible value of 128.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, if you set \fBwiredTigerConcurrentReadTransactions\f1 to a non\-default value, it
|
|
disables an algorithm that dynamically adjusts the number of concurrent storage
|
|
engine transactions.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, wiredTigerConcurrentReadTransactions: <int> } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTiger.concurrentTransactions\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTigerConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, this parameter is available for all storage
|
|
engines. In earlier versions, this parameter is available for the
|
|
WiredTiger storage engine only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify the maximum number of concurrent write transactions allowed
|
|
into the WiredTiger storage engine.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, MongoDB sets \fBwiredTigerConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1 to
|
|
whichever value is higher:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Number of cores on the machine running MongoDB
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
4
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you use the default value, MongoDB dynamically adjusts the number of tickets
|
|
to optimize performance, with a highest possible value of 128.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 7.0, if you set \fBwiredTigerConcurrentWriteTransactions\f1 to a non\-default value, it
|
|
disables an algorithm that dynamically adjusts the number of concurrent storage
|
|
engine transactions.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, wiredTigerConcurrentWriteTransactions: <int> } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTiger.concurrentTransactions\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTigerEngineRuntimeConfig\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specify \fBwiredTiger\f1 storage engine configuration options for a
|
|
running \fBmongod\f1\f1 instance.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at runtime. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Avoid modifying the \fBwiredTigerEngineRuntimeConfig\f1\f1
|
|
unless under the direction from MongoDB engineers as this setting has
|
|
major implication across both WiredTiger and MongoDB.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Consider the following operation prototype:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand({
|
|
"setParameter": 1,
|
|
"wiredTigerEngineRuntimeConfig": "<option>=<setting>,<option>=<setting>"
|
|
})
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBwiredTigerFileHandleCloseIdleTime\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 600
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the amount of time in seconds that a file handle in \fBwiredTiger\f1
|
|
can remain idle before being closed.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you set \fBwiredTigerFileHandleCloseIdleTime\f1 to \fB0\f1, idle handles
|
|
are not closed.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter wiredTigerFileHandleCloseIdleTime=100000
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
See the WiredTiger documentation for all available
|
|
WiredTiger configuration options (http://source.wiredtiger.com/mongodb\-5.0/struct_w_t___c_o_n_n_e_c_t_i_o_n.html#)\&.
|
|
.SS AUDITING PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBauditAuthorizationSuccess\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available only in MongoDB Enterprise (http://www.mongodb.com/products/mongodb\-enterprise\-advanced?tck=docs_server)
|
|
and MongoDB Atlas (https://cloud.mongodb.com/user#/atlas/login)\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables the \fBauditing\f1 of authorization
|
|
successes for the \fBauthCheck\f1
|
|
action.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When \fBauditAuthorizationSuccess\f1\f1 is \fBfalse\f1, the
|
|
\fBaudit system\f1 only logs the authorization
|
|
failures for \fBauthCheck\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To enable the audit of authorization successes, issue the following
|
|
command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, auditAuthorizationSuccess: true } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enabling \fBauditAuthorizationSuccess\f1\f1 degrades performance
|
|
more than logging only the authorization failures.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If \fBruntime audit configuration\f1
|
|
is enabled, the \fBauditAuthorizationSuccess\f1\f1 parameter
|
|
should not appear in the \fBmongod\f1 or \fBmongos\f1 configuration
|
|
file. The server will fail to start if the parameter is present.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBgetParameter\f1\f1
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBauditConfigPollingFrequencySecs\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 300
|
|
.PP
|
|
A sharded cluster may have servers which maintain audit
|
|
configuration settings for the cluster. Set the interval, in
|
|
seconds, for non\-configured servers to poll a config server for the
|
|
current audit generation. If this value returned differs from the
|
|
previously known value, the initiating node will request the current
|
|
configuration and update its internal state.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Using the default value of 300 seconds, non\-config nodes may lag up
|
|
to 5 minutes after you set the \fBauditConfig\f1\f1 cluster parameter.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBauditEncryptionHeaderMetadataFile\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: string
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available only in MongoDB Enterprise (http://www.mongodb.com/products/mongodb\-enterprise\-advanced?tck=docs_server)\&.
|
|
MongoDB Enterprise and Atlas have different configuration
|
|
requirements.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Path and file name for logging metadata audit headers for \fBaudit
|
|
log encryption\f1\&. A header is
|
|
placed at the top of each audit log file and contains metadata for
|
|
decrypting the audit log. The headers are also stored in the
|
|
\fBaudit log\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
For example, the following sets the path and file for
|
|
\fBauditEncryptionHeaderMetadataFile\f1\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter auditEncryptionHeaderMetadataFile=/auditFiles/auditHeadersMetadataFile.log
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBauditEncryptKeyWithKMIPGet\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available only in MongoDB Enterprise (http://www.mongodb.com/products/mongodb\-enterprise\-advanced?tck=docs_server)\&.
|
|
MongoDB Enterprise and Atlas have different configuration
|
|
requirements.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Enables \fBaudit log encryption\f1 for Key Management
|
|
Interoperability Protocol (KMIP) servers that only support KMIP
|
|
protocol version 1.0 or 1.1.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is only available at startup. To set the
|
|
parameter, use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBauditEncryptKeyWithKMIPGet\f1\f1 to \fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter auditEncryptKeyWithKMIPGet=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS TRANSACTION PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBcoordinateCommitReturnImmediatelyAfterPersistingDecision\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIUpdated in version 6.1\f1
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: boolean
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: false
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
When set to \fBfalse\f1, the \fBshard\f1
|
|
transaction coordinator waits for all participating shards
|
|
to acknowledge the decision to either commit or cancel a
|
|
\fBmulti\-document transaction\f1
|
|
before returning the result to the client.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
When set to \fBtrue\f1, the shard transaction coordinator
|
|
returns a \fBmulti\-document transaction\f1 commit decision to the client as
|
|
soon as the decision is made \fBdurable\f1 with the
|
|
requested transaction \fBwrite concern\f1\&.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the client requested a write concern that is less than
|
|
\fB"majority"\f1\f1, the commit may roll back after the
|
|
decision is returned to the client.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Transactions may not have "read your writes" consistency.
|
|
That is, a read operation may not show the results of write
|
|
operations that preceded it. This can happen if:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
A transaction has to write to multiple shards.
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
The read and the earlier write take place in different sessions.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fBCausal consistency\f1 only guarantees the
|
|
causal relationship of reads and writes that occur within the same
|
|
session.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets
|
|
\fBcoordinateCommitReturnImmediatelyAfterPersistingDecision\f1 to
|
|
\fBtrue\f1:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter coordinateCommitReturnImmediatelyAfterPersistingDecision=true
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
During run time, you can also set the parameter with the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, coordinateCommitReturnImmediatelyAfterPersistingDecision: true } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBinternalSessionsReapThreshold\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for both \fBmongod\f1\f1 and \fBmongos\f1\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 1000
|
|
.PP
|
|
Session limit for internal session metadata deletion. The metadata:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Contains session transaction information for user operations.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Is stored in the \fBconfig.transactions\f1\f1 collection.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
When the number of internal sessions is greater than
|
|
\fBinternalSessionsReapThreshold\f1\f1, the metadata is deleted.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If you set \fBinternalSessionsReapThreshold\f1\f1 to \fB0\f1, the
|
|
internal session metadata is only deleted when the user session ends.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following example sets \fBinternalSessionsReapThreshold\f1\f1
|
|
to \fB500\f1 sessions:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, internalSessionsReapThreshold: 500 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set \fBinternalSessionsReapThreshold\f1\f1 at
|
|
startup. For example:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter internalSessionsReapThreshold=500
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 60
|
|
.PP
|
|
Specifies the lifetime of \fBmulti\-document transactions\f1\&. Transactions that exceed this limit are
|
|
considered expired and will be aborted by a periodic cleanup
|
|
process. The cleanup process runs every
|
|
\fBtransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds\f1\f1/2 seconds or at least
|
|
once every 60 seconds.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The cleanup process helps relieve storage cache pressure.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The minimum value for transactionLifetimeLimitSeconds is \fB1\f1
|
|
second.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following sets the
|
|
\fBtransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds\f1\f1 to \fB30\f1
|
|
seconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, transactionLifetimeLimitSeconds: 30 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set parameter \fBtransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds\f1\f1 at
|
|
startup time.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter "transactionLifetimeLimitSeconds=30"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
To set the parameter for a sharded cluster, the parameter must be
|
|
modified for all shard replica set members.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Starting in MongoDB 5.0, if you change the
|
|
\fBtransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds\f1\f1 parameter, you must also
|
|
change \fBtransactionLifetimeLimitSeconds\f1\f1 to the same value on
|
|
all config server replica set members. Keeping this value consistent:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Ensures the routing table history is retained for at least as long as
|
|
the transaction lifetime limit on the shard replica set members.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
Reduces the transaction retry frequency and therefore improves
|
|
performance.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBtransactionTooLargeForCacheThreshold\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: decimal
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 0.75
|
|
.PP
|
|
The threshold value for retrying transactions that fail due to cache
|
|
pressure. The value is a percentage of the dirty cache size. The
|
|
default value, \fB0.75\f1, means 75% of the dirty cache.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The dirty cache is limited to 20% of the total cache size. When
|
|
\fBtransactionTooLargeForCacheThreshold\f1 is set to \fB0.75\f1, the
|
|
server only retries transactions that use less than 15%
|
|
(\fB0.75 * 20%\f1) of the total storage engine cache.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The limit only applies to retries. Large transactions can use more
|
|
than \fBtransactionTooLargeForCacheThreshold\f1 percent of the dirty
|
|
cache. However, if a large transaction is rolled back due to cache
|
|
pressure, the server issues a
|
|
\fBTransactionTooLargeForCache\f1\f1 error and does not retry the
|
|
transaction.
|
|
.PP
|
|
To disable this behavior, set
|
|
\fBtransactionTooLargeForCacheThreshold\f1 to \fB1.0\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
For more information on WiredTiger storage, see:
|
|
\fBstorage.wiredTiger\f1 Options\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBmaxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: integer
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 5
|
|
.PP
|
|
The maximum amount of time in milliseconds that \fBmulti\-document
|
|
transactions\f1 should wait to acquire locks
|
|
required by the operations in the transaction.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the transaction cannot acquire the locks after waiting
|
|
\fBmaxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis\f1\f1, the transaction
|
|
aborts.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By default, \fBmulti\-document transactions\f1
|
|
wait \fB5\f1 milliseconds. That is, if the transaction cannot acquire
|
|
the locks within \fB5\f1 milliseconds, the transaction aborts. If an
|
|
operation provides a greater timeout in a lock request,
|
|
\fBmaxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis\f1\f1 overrides the
|
|
operation\-specific timeout.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can set \fBmaxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis\f1\f1 to:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB0\f1 such that if the transaction cannot acquire the required
|
|
locks immediately, the transaction aborts.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
A number greater than \fB0\f1 to wait the specified time to acquire
|
|
the required locks. This can help obviate transaction aborts on
|
|
momentary concurrent lock acquisitions, like fast\-running metadata
|
|
operations. However, this could possibly delay the abort of
|
|
deadlocked transaction operations.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
\fB\-1\f1 to use the operation specific timeout.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following sets the
|
|
\fBmaxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis\f1\f1 to \fB20\f1
|
|
milliseconds:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, maxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis: 20 } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also set this parameter during start\-up:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter maxTransactionLockRequestTimeoutMillis=20
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.SS SLOT-BASED EXECUTION PARAMETERS
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBplanCacheSize\f1
|
|
.RS
|
|
.PP
|
|
Available for \fBmongod\f1\f1 only.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIType\f1: string
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIDefault\f1: 5%
|
|
.PP
|
|
Although the \fBplanCacheSize\f1 parameter existed in prior versions of
|
|
MongoDB, it had no effect on the plan cache until version 6.3.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Sets the size of the \fBplan cache\f1
|
|
only for the \fBslot\-based query execution engine\f1\&.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can set the \fBplanCacheSize\f1\f1 value to either:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
A percentage of the system\(aqs total physical memory to allocate for
|
|
the plan cache. For example, \fB"8.5%"\f1\&.
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
The exact amount of data to allocate for the plan cache in either
|
|
\fBMB\f1 or \fBGB\f1\&. For example, \fB"100MB"\f1 or \fB"1GB"\f1\&.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Increasing the plan cache size adds more cached query shapes for the
|
|
\fBquery planner\f1\&. This can
|
|
improve query performance, but increases memory usage.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This parameter is available both at runtime and at startup:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at runtime, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command
|
|
.IP \(bu 2
|
|
To set the parameter at startup, use the
|
|
\fBsetParameter\f1\f1 setting
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following startup command sets \fBplanCacheSize\f1\f1 to 80
|
|
megabytes:
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
mongod \-\-setParameter planCacheSize="80MB"
|
|
.EE
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can also use the \fBsetParameter\f1\f1 command within the
|
|
MongoDB Shell (https://www.mongodb.com/docs/mongodb\-shell/):
|
|
.PP
|
|
.EX
|
|
db.adminCommand( { setParameter: 1, planCacheSize: "80MB" } )
|
|
.EE
|
|
.RE
|